Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 263

Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Fault Management
Contents
1 Fault Management
1.1 NodeB Alarm Reference
1.1.1 NodeB Alarm List
1.1.2 ALM-25600 Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.3 ALM-25601 Monitoring Device Hardware Fault
1.1.4 ALM-25602 Sensor Failure
1.1.5 ALM-25620 Monitoring Device Power Supply Problem
1.1.6 ALM-25621 Power Supply DC Output Out of Range
1.1.7 ALM-25622 Mains Input Out of Range
1.1.8 ALM-25623 Load Disconnected
1.1.9 ALM-25624 Battery Power Unavailable
1.1.10 ALM-25625 Battery Current Out of Range
1.1.11 ALM-25626 Power Module Abnormal
1.1.12 ALM-25628 AC Surge Protector Fault
1.1.13 ALM-25630 Power Module and Monitoring Module Communication Failure
1.1.14 ALM-25631 Load Fuse Broken
1.1.15 ALM-25632 Battery Cabin Heater Fault
1.1.16 ALM-25633 PMU Internal Interface Communication Failure
1.1.17 ALM-25634 Battery Not In Position
1.1.18 ALM-25636 Loss of Power Supply Redundancy
1.1.19 ALM-25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable
1.1.20 ALM-25651 Ambient Humidity Unacceptable
1.1.21 ALM-25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable
1.1.22 ALM-25653 Cabinet Humidity Unacceptable
1.1.23 ALM-25654 Battery Temperature Unacceptable
1.1.24 ALM-25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable
1.1.25 ALM-25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable
1.1.26 ALM-25657 TEC Cooler Fault
1.1.27 ALM-25670 Water Alarm
1.1.28 ALM-25671 Smoke Alarm
1.1.29 ALM-25672 Burglar Alarm
1.1.30 ALM-25673 Fan Stalled
1.1.31 ALM-25695 Diesel Generator Fault
1.1.32 ALM-25696 Diesel Generator Low Fuel
1.1.33 ALM-25697 Diesel Generator Startup Failure
1.1.34 ALM-25710 Loss of Solar Array
1.1.35 ALM-25711 Solar Array Fault
1.1.36 ALM-25713 Solar Controller Temperature Unacceptable
1.1.37 ALM-25719 CCU Topology and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.38 ALM-25720 Inter-CCU Port Connection Error
1.1.39 ALM-25721 CCU-BBU Communication Failure
1.1.40 ALM-25800 E1/T1 Loss of Signal
1.1.41 ALM-25801 E1/T1 Alarm Indication Signal
1.1.42 ALM-25802 E1/T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
1.1.43 ALM-25803 E1/T1 Loss of Frame Alignment
1.1.44 ALM-25804 E1/T1 Loss of Multiframe Alignment
1.1.45 ALM-25805 E1/T1 Excessive Slip Frames
1.1.46 ALM-25806 E1/T1 Excessive Bit Error Rate

1 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.47 ALM-25807 E1/T1 Loopback


1.1.48 ALM-25820 Fractional ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation
1.1.49 ALM-25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation
1.1.50 ALM-25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame
1.1.51 ALM-25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization
1.1.52 ALM-25825 IMA Link Remote Failure Indication
1.1.53 ALM-25826 IMA Link RX Fault
1.1.54 ALM-25827 IMA Link TX Unusable at Far End
1.1.55 ALM-25828 IMA Link RX Unusable at Far End
1.1.56 ALM-25829 IMA Group Startup at Far End
1.1.57 ALM-25830 IMA Group Configuration Aborted
1.1.58 ALM-25831 IMA Group Configuration Aborted at Far End
1.1.59 ALM-25832 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient
1.1.60 ALM-25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
1.1.61 ALM-25834 IMA Group Blocked at Far End
1.1.62 ALM-25835 NCP Fault
1.1.63 ALM-25836 CCP Fault
1.1.64 ALM-25837 ALCAP Fault
1.1.65 ALM-25838 AAL2 Path Fault
1.1.66 ALM-25840 SAAL Link Fault
1.1.67 ALM-25841 SAAL Link Congestion
1.1.68 ALM-25860 PPP/MLPPP Link Fault
1.1.69 ALM-25861 MLPPP Group Fault
1.1.70 ALM-25862 MLPPP Group Excessive Packet Loss Rate
1.1.71 ALM-25863 PPP Link Excessive Frame Error Rate
1.1.72 ALM-25879 Ethernet Port Broadcast Packets Exceeding Alarm
1.1.73 ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault
1.1.74 ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate
1.1.75 ALM-25882 ETHOAM 3AH Discovery Failure
1.1.76 ALM-25883 ETHOAM 3AH Local Fault
1.1.77 ALM-25884 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Fault
1.1.78 ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict
1.1.79 ALM-25886 IP Path Fault
1.1.80 ALM-25887 Ethernet Trunk Link Fault
1.1.81 ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault
1.1.82 ALM-25889 SCTP Link Congestion
1.1.83 ALM-25891 IKE Negotiation Failure
1.1.84 ALM-25894 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Loopback
1.1.85 ALM-25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
1.1.86 ALM-25896 IP Remote Loopback
1.1.87 ALM-25897 IP Excessive Frame Error Rate
1.1.88 ALM-25898 IP Path Excessive Packet Loss Rate
1.1.89 ALM-25899 BFD Session Fault
1.1.90 ALM-25900 IP PM Activation Failure
1.1.91 ALM-25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.92 ALM-25902 Remote Maintenance Link Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.93 ALM-25920 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame Alignment
1.1.94 ALM-25921 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame
1.1.95 ALM-25922 SDH/SONET Loss of Signal
1.1.96 ALM-25923 SDH/SONET AU Loss of Pointer
1.1.97 ALM-25924 SDH/SONET MS Alarm Indication Signal
1.1.98 ALM-25925 SDH/SONET MS Remote Defect Indication
1.1.99 ALM-25926 SDH/SONET Loss of Cell Delineation
1.1.100 ALM-25927 SDH/SONET Optical Port Loopback
1.1.101 ALM-25928 SDH/SONET RS Trace Identifier Mismatch

2 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.102 ALM-25929 SDH/SONET RS Excessive Bit Error Rate


1.1.103 ALM-25930 SDH/SONET MS Excessive Bit Error Rate
1.1.104 ALM-25931 SDH/SONET MS Signal Degraded
1.1.105 ALM-25932 SDH/SONET MS Remote Error Indication
1.1.106 ALM-25933 SDH/SONET AU Alarm Indication Signal
1.1.107 ALM-25934 SDH/SONET HP Unequipped Defect
1.1.108 ALM-25935 SDH/SONET HP Signal Label Mismatch
1.1.109 ALM-25936 SDH/SONET HP Trace Identifier Mismatch
1.1.110 ALM-25937 SDH/SONET HP Remote Defect Indication
1.1.111 ALM-25938 SDH/SONET HP Remote Error Indication
1.1.112 ALM-25949 Excessive Flood Packet
1.1.113 ALM-25950 Base Station Being Attacked
1.1.114 ALM-26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
1.1.115 ALM-26104 Board Temperature Unacceptable
1.1.116 ALM-26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable
1.1.117 ALM-26107 Board Input Voltage Out of Range
1.1.118 ALM-26110 BBU Fan Stalled
1.1.119 ALM-26111 BBU Fan Not at Full Speed
1.1.120 ALM-26112 BBU DC Output Out of Range
1.1.121 ALM-26113 Base Station DC Power Supply Abnormal
1.1.122 ALM-26120 GPS Clock Output Unavailable
1.1.123 ALM-26121 GPS Antenna Fault
1.1.124 ALM-26122 GPS Locked Satellites Insufficient
1.1.125 ALM-26123 GPS Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.126 ALM-26200 Board Hardware Fault
1.1.127 ALM-26201 Board Memory Soft Failure
1.1.128 ALM-26202 Board Overload
1.1.129 ALM-26203 Board Software Program Error
1.1.130 ALM-26204 Board Not In Position
1.1.131 ALM-26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.132 ALM-26206 Main Control Board in Wrong Slot
1.1.133 ALM-26208 Board File System Damaged
1.1.134 ALM-26210 Board Blocked
1.1.135 ALM-26214 Board Powered Off
1.1.136 ALM-26215 Inter-Board Service Link Failure
1.1.137 ALM-26216 Board Not Securely Installed
1.1.138 ALM-26220 Transmission Optical Module Fault
1.1.139 ALM-26221 Transmission Optical Module Not In Position
1.1.140 ALM-26222 Transmission Optical Interface Error
1.1.141 ALM-26223 Transmission Optical Interface Performance Degraded
1.1.142 ALM-26230 BBU CPRI Optical Module Fault
1.1.143 ALM-26231 BBU CPRI Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready
1.1.144 ALM-26232 BBU Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault
1.1.145 ALM-26233 BBU CPRI Optical Interface Performance Degraded
1.1.146 ALM-26234 BBU CPRI Interface Error
1.1.147 ALM-26235 RF Unit Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.148 ALM-26236 RRU Cascading Levels and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.149 ALM-26237 RRU Network Breakpoint
1.1.150 ALM-26238 RRU Network Topology Type and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.151 ALM-26240 BBU Topology and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.152 ALM-26241 Configuration File Update Failure
1.1.153 ALM-26242 Configuration File Damaged
1.1.154 ALM-26245 Configuration Data Inconsistency
1.1.155 ALM-26250 Active Workspace Version Unavailable
1.1.156 ALM-26251 Board Type and Configuration Mismatch

3 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.157 ALM-26253 Board Software Auto-Supply Failure


1.1.158 ALM-26254 Board Software Synchronization Failure
1.1.159 ALM-26255 Automatic Version Rollback
1.1.160 ALM-26260 System Clock Failure
1.1.161 ALM-26261 External Clock Reference Not Configured
1.1.162 ALM-26262 External Clock Reference Problem
1.1.163 ALM-26263 IP Clock Link Failure
1.1.164 ALM-26264 System Clock Unlocked
1.1.165 ALM-26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error
1.1.166 ALM-26266 Time Synchronization Failure
1.1.167 ALM-26270 Inter-System Communication Failure
1.1.168 ALM-26271 Inter-System Monitoring Device Parameter Settings Conflict
1.1.169 ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict
1.1.170 ALM-26273 Inter-System BBU Board Parameter Settings Conflict
1.1.171 ALM-26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict
1.1.172 ALM-26275 Inter-System Cabinet Configuration Conflict
1.1.173 ALM-26276 Inter-System Site-Level Configuration Conflict
1.1.174 ALM-26277 Inter-System Control Rights Conflict
1.1.175 ALM-26278 RF Unit Working Mode and Mode Capability Inconsistency
1.1.176 ALM-26279 Inter-System Board Installation and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.177 ALM-26310 Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault
1.1.178 ALM-26311 Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position
1.1.179 ALM-26312 Inter-BBU Optical Module Receive Failure
1.1.180 ALM-26313 Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure
1.1.181 ALM-26314 Inter-BBU Port Failure
1.1.182 ALM-26315 Inter-BBU Port Connection Error
1.1.183 ALM-26501 RF Unit Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready
1.1.184 ALM-26502 RF Unit Optical Module Type Mismatch
1.1.185 ALM-26503 RF Unit Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault
1.1.186 ALM-26504 RF Unit CPRI Interface Error
1.1.187 ALM-26506 RF Unit Optical Interface Performance Degraded
1.1.188 ALM-26507 RF Unit Optical Module Fault
1.1.189 ALM-26520 RF Unit TX Channel Gain Out of Range
1.1.190 ALM-26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Too Low
1.1.191 ALM-26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Unbalanced
1.1.192 ALM-26524 RF Unit PA Overcurrent
1.1.193 ALM-26525 RF Unit Temperature Unacceptable
1.1.194 ALM-26527 RF Unit Input Power Out of Range
1.1.195 ALM-26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
1.1.196 ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range
1.1.197 ALM-26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch
1.1.198 ALM-26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault
1.1.199 ALM-26533 RF Unit Software Program Error
1.1.200 ALM-26534 RF Unit Overload
1.1.201 ALM-26536 RF Unit Multi-Mode Configuration Conflict
1.1.202 ALM-26538 RF Unit Clock Problem
1.1.203 ALM-26540 RF Unit AC Input Power Failure
1.1.204 ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.205 ALM-26542 RF Unit Backup Power Device Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.206 ALM-26543 RF Unit External Device Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.207 ALM-26544 RF Unit Power Surge Protector Fault
1.1.208 ALM-26545 RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off Through Command
1.1.209 ALM-26546 RF Unit External Power Supply Insufficient
1.1.210 ALM-26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault
1.1.211 ALM-26752 ALD Hardware Fault

4 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.212 ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated


1.1.213 ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss
1.1.214 ALM-26755 TMA Bypass
1.1.215 ALM-26756 SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed
1.1.216 ALM-26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.217 ALM-26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.218 ALM-26759 SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
1.1.219 ALM-26760 SASU Bypass
1.1.220 ALM-26765 RHUB Hardware Fault
1.1.221 ALM-26766 RHUB Software Program Error
1.1.222 ALM-26767 RHUB Overload
1.1.223 ALM-26768 RHUB Clock Problem
1.1.224 ALM-26770 UPS Surge Protection Device Fault
1.1.225 ALM-26771 Mains Breakdown with UPS
1.1.226 ALM-26772 UPS Battery Undervoltage
1.1.227 ALM-26773 UPS Failure
1.1.228 ALM-26774 RHUB AC/DC Maintenance Link Failure
1.1.229 ALM-26775 RHUB AC/DC Module Problem
1.1.230 ALM-26776 RHUB PSE Power Supply Failure
1.1.231 ALM-26777 RHUB PSE Fault
1.1.232 ALM-26780 RHUB Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready
1.1.233 ALM-26781 RHUB Optical Module Type Mismatch
1.1.234 ALM-26782 RHUB Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault
1.1.235 ALM-26783 RHUB CPRI Interface Error
1.1.236 ALM-26785 RHUB Optical Interface Performance Degraded
1.1.237 ALM-26786 RHUB Optical Module Fault
1.1.238 ALM-26787 RHUB-PRRU CPRI Interface Error
1.1.239 ALM-26810 License Data Loss
1.1.240 ALM-26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit
1.1.241 ALM-26812 System Dynamic Traffic Exceeding Licensed Limit
1.1.242 ALM-26830 Local User Consecutive Login Retries Failed
1.1.243 ALM-26832 Peer Certificate Expiry
1.1.244 ALM-26840 Imminent Certificate Expiry
1.1.245 ALM-26841 Certificate Invalid
1.1.246 ALM-26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed
1.1.247 ALM-28201 Local Cell Blocked
1.1.248 ALM-28203 Local Cell Unusable
1.1.249 ALM-28204 Cell DL Load Simulation Startup
1.1.250 ALM-28205 Cell Output Power too Low
1.1.251 ALM-28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
1.1.252 ALM-28207 Carrier Wave Share Failure
1.1.253 ALM-28209 Cell No Traffic
1.1.254 ALM-28210 Frequency Separation Configuration Mismatch
1.1.255 ALM-28211 Cell Configuration Abnormal
1.1.256 ALM-28221 IMB Local Cell Blocked
1.1.257 ALM-28223 IMB Local Cell Unusable
1.1.258 ALM-28224 IMB Cell Output Power too Low
1.1.259 ALM-28225 IMB Local Cell Capability Decline
1.1.260 ALM-28226 IMB Cell Configuration Abnormal
1.1.261 ALM-28230 Base Station Service Overload
1.1.262 ALM-28244 GPS Receiver Hardware Fault
1.1.263 ALM-28245 GPS Receiver Antenna Power Problem
1.1.264 ALM-28246 GPS Receiver Antenna Fault
1.1.265 ALM-28247 GPS Receiver Software Program Error
1.1.266 ALM-28248 GPS Receiver Position Not Locked

5 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.267 ALM-28249 GPS Receiver Maintenance Link Failure


1.1.268 ALM-28250 GPS Receiver Initialization Configuration Failure
1.1.269 ALM-28253 Ethernet Link Abnormal
1.1.270 ALM-28255 Transport Configuration Failure
1.1.271 ALM-28300 Board Uplink Service Processing Channel Abnormal
1.1.272 ALM-28301 Board Downlink Service Processing Channel Abnormal
1.1.273 ALM-28302 Board BFN Abnormal
1.1.274 ALM-28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal
1.1.275 ALM-28329 RF Unit Input Power Abnormal
1.1.276 ALM-28330 RF Unit Over Backward Power Alarm
1.1.277 ALM-28350 Board Configuration Inconsistent with Resource Group Configuration
1.1.278 ALM-28354 Transport Backup Not Support
1.1.279 ALM-28355 Data Configuration File Error
1.1.280 ALM-28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm
1.1.281 ALM-65033-ALM-65233 External Analog/Boolean Alarm
1.2 NodeB Event Reference
1.2.1 NodeB Event List
1.2.2 EVT-25890 SCTP Link Path Switchover
1.2.3 EVT-25893 Remote Maintenance Link Switchover
1.2.4 EVT-26212 Board Startup
1.2.5 EVT-26213 NE Startup
1.2.6 EVT-26256 NE Software Download Started
1.2.7 EVT-26257 NE Software Download Ended
1.2.8 EVT-26258 NE Software Activation Started
1.2.9 EVT-26259 NE Software Activation Ended
1.2.10 EVT-26505 RF Unit CPRI Interface Switchover
1.2.11 EVT-26526 RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off
1.2.12 EVT-26528 RF Unit TX Channel Switched On
1.2.13 EVT-26535 RF Unit Startup
1.2.14 EVT-26784 RHUB CPRI Interface Switchover
1.2.15 EVT-26820 License Emergency Status Activated
1.2.16 EVT-26821 License Emergency Status Ceased
1.2.17 EVT-28200 Iub Common Procedure Failure Indication
1.2.18 EVT-28202 Local Cell Rebuild
1.2.19 EVT-28222 IMB Local Cell Rebuild
1.2.20 EVT-28251 Ethernet Configuration Changed
1.2.21 EVT-28252 IP RAN Object Reset
1.2.22 EVT-28352 Enable Downloaded Configuration File
1.2.23 EVT-28353 Disable Downloaded Configuration File
1.2.24 EVT-28380 NE Shutdown

1 Fault Management

Related Document Description

NodeB Alarm Reference This document describes NodeB alarm reference.

NodeB Event Reference This document describes NodeB event reference.

1.1 NodeB Alarm Reference


Purpose

This document describes all the alarms of the BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900A WCDMA, BTS3900L WCDMA,

6 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

BTS3900C WCDMA, BTS3900AL WCDMA, and DBS3900 WCDMA. The MML commands involved in this
document takes NodeB_2U for example.

Version

The following table lists the product versions involved in this document.

Product Name Version

BTS3900 WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900) V200R014C00

BTS3900A WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900A) V200R014C00

BTS3900L WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900L) V200R014C00

BTS3900C WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900C) V200R014C00

BTS3900AL WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900AL) V200R014C00

DBS3900 WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as DBS3900) V200R014C00

Intended Audience

This document is intended for:

Field engineers

System engineers

Shift operators
Site maintainers

Network operators

Concepts

Concept Description

Alarm ID Unique identifier of an alarm in one product.

Alarm Name Unique name of an alarm in one product. Alarm names clearly and accurately indicate alarm
meanings. There is a one-to-one mapping between alarm names and IDs.

Alarm Type There is only one alarm type: fault.

Alarm Level Impact of an alarm on service quality. There are four alarm severity levels: critical, major,
minor, and warning.
Critical alarm: affects service quality. If a critical alarm is generated, immediate
actions are necessary even when the fault occurs during non-working hours.
Major alarm: affects service quality and requires immediate action during working
hours.
Minor alarm: generally does not affect service quality, but requires handling or
observation in a reasonable amount of time to avoid more serious faults.
Warning alarm: indicates a potential error that may affect service quality. It
requires different actions depending on errors.

Event Type There are 16 event types based on monitored objects.


Power alarm: relates to the power system.

7 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Concept Description

Environment alarm: relates to equipment room environment variables, such as


temperature, humidity, and door control.
Signaling alarm: relates to channel associated signaling (for example, SS1) and
common channel signaling (for example, SS7).
Trunk alarm: relates to the trunk system, including trunk circuits and boards.
Hardware alarm: relates to hardware, such as the clock unit and CPU.
Software alarm: relates to software.
System alarm: generated during system operation.
Communication alarm: relates to communication.
Service quality alarm: relates to service quality.
Unexpected operation alarm: generated when an exception occurs.
OMC alarm: generated when the OMC is not working properly.
Integrity alarm: generated when information is illegally modified or deleted.
Operation alarm: generated when service is unavailable or inaccessible because
of inappropriate operations.
Physical resource alarm: generated when physical resources are damaged by a
suspected security attack.
Security alarm: generated when security service or a security mechanism has
detected that the system encounters security attacks.
Time domain alarm: generated when an event occurs at an unexpected or
forbidden time.

Description Conditions in which an alarm is generated.

Parameters Parameters related to alarms.

Impact on the Impact of an alarm on the system or services.


System

System Actions Actions taken by the system when an alarm is generated.

Possible Issues that may result in an alarm. Possible causes are categorized into data configuration,
Causes hardware, software, and other causes.

Procedure Procedure for clearing an alarm step by step.

Change History

For detailed alarm changes, see the release notes.

1.1.1 NodeB Alarm List

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-25600 Monitoring Device Fault Major Communication


Maintenance Link
Failure

ALM-25601 Monitoring Device Fault Major Hardware


Hardware Fault

ALM-25602 Sensor Failure Fault Major Hardware

8 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-25620 Monitoring Device Fault Major Hardware


Power Supply
Problem

ALM-25621 Power Supply DC Fault Major Power


Output Out of
Range

ALM-25622 Mains Input Out of Fault Major Power


Range

ALM-25623 Load Disconnected Fault Major/Warning Power

ALM-25624 Battery Power Fault Major/Warning Power


Unavailable

ALM-25625 Battery Current Fault Major Power


Out of Range

ALM-25626 Power Module Fault Major/Warning Power


Abnormal

ALM-25628 AC Surge Fault Major Power


Protector Fault

ALM-25630 Power Module and Fault Major Power


Monitoring Module
Communication
Failure

ALM-25631 Load Fuse Broken Fault Major Power

ALM-25632 Battery Cabin Fault Major Power


Heater Fault

ALM-25633 PMU Internal Fault Major Power


Interface
Communication
Failure

ALM-25634 Battery Not In Fault Major Power


Position

ALM-25636 Loss of Power Fault Warning Power


Supply
Redundancy

ALM-25650 Ambient Fault Major/Minor Environment


Temperature
Unacceptable

ALM-25651 Ambient Humidity Fault Minor Environment


Unacceptable

9 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-25652 Cabinet Fault Major/Minor Environment


Temperature
Unacceptable

ALM-25653 Cabinet Humidity Fault Minor Environment


Unacceptable

ALM-25654 Battery Fault Major/Minor Power


Temperature
Unacceptable

ALM-25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Fault Major/Minor Environment


Temperature
Unacceptable

ALM-25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Fault Major/Minor Environment


Temperature
Unacceptable

ALM-25657 TEC Cooler Fault Fault Major Environment

ALM-25670 Water Alarm Fault Critical Environment

ALM-25671 Smoke Alarm Fault Critical Environment

ALM-25672 Burglar Alarm Fault Critical Environment

ALM-25673 Fan Stalled Fault Major Hardware

ALM-25695 Diesel Generator Fault Major Hardware


Fault

ALM-25696 Diesel Generator Fault Major Hardware


Low Fuel

ALM-25697 Diesel Generator Fault Major Hardware


Startup Failure

ALM-25710 Loss of Solar Fault Major Hardware


Array

ALM-25711 Solar Array Fault Fault Major Hardware

ALM-25713 Solar Controller Fault Minor Hardware


Temperature
Unacceptable

ALM-25719 CCU Topology and Fault Major Environment


Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-25720 Inter-CCU Port Fault Major Environment


Connection Error

ALM-25721 CCU-BBU Fault Minor Environment


Communication

10 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

Failure

ALM-25800 E1/T1 Loss of Fault Major Trunk


Signal

ALM-25801 E1/T1 Alarm Fault Major Trunk


Indication Signal

ALM-25802 E1/T1 Remote Fault Minor Trunk


Alarm Indication
Signal

ALM-25803 E1/T1 Loss of Fault Major Trunk


Frame Alignment

ALM-25804 E1/T1 Loss of Fault Minor Trunk


Multiframe
Alignment

ALM-25805 E1/T1 Excessive Fault Minor Trunk


Slip Frames

ALM-25806 E1/T1 Excessive Fault Minor Trunk


Bit Error Rate

ALM-25807 E1/T1 Loopback Fault Minor Trunk

ALM-25820 Fractional ATM Fault Major Trunk


Link Loss of Cell
Delineation

ALM-25821 IMA/ATM Link Fault Major Trunk


Loss of Cell
Delineation

ALM-25823 IMA Link Loss of Fault Major Trunk


Frame

ALM-25824 IMA Link Out of Fault Major Trunk


Delay
Synchronization

ALM-25825 IMA Link Remote Fault Minor Trunk


Failure Indication

ALM-25826 IMA Link RX Fault Fault Major Trunk

ALM-25827 IMA Link TX Fault Minor Trunk


Unusable at Far
End

ALM-25828 IMA Link RX Fault Minor Trunk


Unusable at Far
End

11 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-25829 IMA Group Startup Fault Minor Trunk


at Far End

ALM-25830 IMA Group Fault Major Trunk


Configuration
Aborted

ALM-25831 IMA Group Fault Minor Trunk


Configuration
Aborted at Far End

ALM-25832 IMA Group Fault Major Trunk


Activated Links
Insufficient

ALM-25833 IMA Group Fault Minor Trunk


Activated Links
Insufficient at Far
End

ALM-25834 IMA Group Fault Minor Trunk


Blocked at Far End

ALM-25835 NCP Fault Fault Major Communication

ALM-25836 CCP Fault Fault Major Communication

ALM-25837 ALCAP Fault Fault Major Signaling

ALM-25838 AAL2 Path Fault Fault Major Trunk

ALM-25840 SAAL Link Fault Fault Major Trunk

ALM-25841 SAAL Link Fault Major Trunk


Congestion

ALM-25860 PPP/MLPPP Link Fault Major Trunk


Fault

ALM-25861 MLPPP Group Fault Major Trunk


Fault

ALM-25862 MLPPP Group Fault Minor Trunk


Excessive Packet
Loss Rate

ALM-25863 PPP Link Fault Minor Trunk


Excessive Frame
Error Rate

ALM-25879 Ethernet Port Fault Major Trunk


Broadcast Packets
Exceeding Alarm

ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault Fault Major Trunk

12 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Fault Minor Trunk


Frame Error Rate

ALM-25882 ETHOAM 3AH Fault Minor Trunk


Discovery Failure

ALM-25883 ETHOAM 3AH Fault Minor Trunk


Local Fault

ALM-25884 ETHOAM 3AH Fault Minor Trunk


Remote Fault

ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict Fault Minor Trunk

ALM-25886 IP Path Fault Fault Major Trunk

ALM-25887 Ethernet Trunk Fault Minor Trunk


Link Fault

ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault Fault Major Trunk

ALM-25889 SCTP Link Fault Minor Trunk


Congestion

ALM-25891 IKE Negotiation Fault Major Trunk


Failure

ALM-25894 ETHOAM 3AH Fault Major Trunk


Remote Loopback

ALM-25895 Ethernet Trunk Fault Major Trunk


Group Fault

ALM-25896 IP Remote Fault Major Trunk


Loopback

ALM-25897 IP Excessive Fault Minor Trunk


Frame Error Rate

ALM-25898 IP Path Excessive Fault Minor Trunk


Packet Loss Rate

ALM-25899 BFD Session Fault Fault Minor Trunk

ALM-25900 IP PM Activation Fault Minor Trunk


Failure

ALM-25901 Remote Fault Major Trunk


Maintenance Link
Failure

ALM-25902 Remote Fault Minor Trunk


Maintenance Link
Running Data and
Configuration
Mismatch

13 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-25920 SDH/SONET Loss Fault Major Trunk


of Frame
Alignment

ALM-25921 SDH/SONET Loss Fault Major Trunk


of Frame

ALM-25922 SDH/SONET Loss Fault Major Trunk


of Signal

ALM-25923 SDH/SONET AU Fault Major Trunk


Loss of Pointer

ALM-25924 SDH/SONET MS Fault Major Trunk


Alarm Indication
Signal

ALM-25925 SDH/SONET MS Fault Major Trunk


Remote Defect
Indication

ALM-25926 SDH/SONET Loss Fault Major Trunk


of Cell Delineation

ALM-25927 SDH/SONET Fault Warning Trunk


Optical Port
Loopback

ALM-25928 SDH/SONET RS Fault Minor Trunk


Trace Identifier
Mismatch

ALM-25929 SDH/SONET RS Fault Minor Trunk


Excessive Bit Error
Rate

ALM-25930 SDH/SONET MS Fault Minor Trunk


Excessive Bit Error
Rate

ALM-25931 SDH/SONET MS Fault Major Trunk


Signal Degraded

ALM-25932 SDH/SONET MS Fault Major Trunk


Remote Error
Indication

ALM-25933 SDH/SONET AU Fault Major Trunk


Alarm Indication
Signal

ALM-25934 SDH/SONET HP Fault Major Trunk


Unequipped Defect

14 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-25935 SDH/SONET HP Fault Minor Trunk


Signal Label
Mismatch

ALM-25936 SDH/SONET HP Fault Minor Trunk


Trace Identifier
Mismatch

ALM-25937 SDH/SONET HP Fault Major Trunk


Remote Defect
Indication

ALM-25938 SDH/SONET HP Fault Major Trunk


Remote Error
Indication

ALM-25949 Excessive Flood Fault Major Trunk


Packet

ALM-25950 Base Station Being Fault Major Security


Attacked

ALM-26101 Inter-Board Fault Minor Hardware


CANBUS
Communication
Failure

ALM-26104 Board Fault Major/Minor Environment


Temperature
Unacceptable

ALM-26106 Board Clock Input Fault Major Hardware


Unavailable

ALM-26107 Board Input Fault Major Hardware


Voltage Out of
Range

ALM-26110 BBU Fan Stalled Fault Major Hardware

ALM-26111 BBU Fan Not at Fault Major Hardware


Full Speed

ALM-26112 BBU DC Output Fault Major Power


Out of Range

ALM-26113 Base Station DC Fault Major Power


Power Supply
Abnormal

ALM-26120 GPS Clock Output Fault Minor Hardware


Unavailable

ALM-26121 GPS Antenna Fault Fault Minor Hardware

15 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26122 GPS Locked Fault Minor Running


Satellites
Insufficient

ALM-26123 GPS Maintenance Fault Minor Running


Link Failure

ALM-26200 Board Hardware Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Fault

ALM-26201 Board Memory Fault Minor Hardware


Soft Failure

ALM-26202 Board Overload Fault Minor Running

ALM-26203 Board Software Fault Major Running


Program Error

ALM-26204 Board Not In Fault Major Hardware


Position

ALM-26205 BBU Board Fault Major Hardware


Maintenance Link
Failure

ALM-26206 Main Control Fault Major Hardware


Board in Wrong
Slot

ALM-26208 Board File System Fault Major Hardware


Damaged

ALM-26210 Board Blocked Fault Major Running

ALM-26214 Board Powered Fault Major Hardware


Off

ALM-26215 Inter-Board Fault Major Hardware


Service Link
Failure

ALM-26216 Board Not Fault Major Hardware


Securely Installed

ALM-26220 Transmission Fault Warning Hardware


Optical Module
Fault

ALM-26221 Transmission Fault Major Hardware


Optical Module Not
In Position

ALM-26222 Transmission Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Optical Interface
Error

16 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26223 Transmission Fault Major/Minor Communication


Optical Interface
Performance
Degraded

ALM-26230 BBU CPRI Optical Fault Warning Hardware


Module Fault

ALM-26231 BBU CPRI Optical Fault Major Hardware


Module or
Electrical Port Not
Ready

ALM-26232 BBU Optical Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Module
Transmit/Receive
Fault

ALM-26233 BBU CPRI Optical Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Interface
Performance
Degraded

ALM-26234 BBU CPRI Fault Major Hardware


Interface Error

ALM-26235 RF Unit Fault Major Hardware


Maintenance Link
Failure

ALM-26236 RRU Cascading Fault Major Hardware


Levels and
Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26237 RRU Network Fault Major Hardware


Breakpoint

ALM-26238 RRU Network Fault Major Hardware


Topology Type and
Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26240 BBU Topology and Fault Major Hardware


Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26241 Configuration File Fault Major Running


Update Failure

ALM-26242 Configuration File Fault Major Running


Damaged

ALM-26245 Configuration Data Fault Major Running


Inconsistency

17 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26250 Active Workspace Fault Major Running


Version
Unavailable

ALM-26251 Board Type and Fault Major Running


Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26253 Board Software Fault Major Running


Auto-Supply
Failure

ALM-26254 Board Software Fault Major Running


Synchronization
Failure

ALM-26255 Automatic Version Fault Major Running


Rollback

ALM-26260 System Clock Fault Major Hardware


Failure

ALM-26261 External Clock Fault Minor Hardware


Reference Not
Configured

ALM-26262 External Clock Fault Minor Hardware


Reference
Problem

ALM-26263 IP Clock Link Fault Minor Hardware


Failure

ALM-26264 System Clock Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Unlocked

ALM-26265 Base Station Fault Major Hardware


Frame Number
Synchronization
Error

ALM-26266 Time Fault Minor Communication


Synchronization
Failure

ALM-26270 Inter-System Fault Major Hardware


Communication
Failure

ALM-26271 Inter-System Fault Warning Running


Monitoring Device
Parameter
Settings Conflict

18 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Fault Major/Warning Running


Unit Parameter
Settings Conflict

ALM-26273 Inter-System BBU Fault Major/Warning Running


Board Parameter
Settings Conflict

ALM-26274 Inter-System Fault Major Running


Board Object
Configuration
Conflict

ALM-26275 Inter-System Fault Minor Running


Cabinet
Configuration
Conflict

ALM-26276 Inter-System Fault Major Running


Site-Level
Configuration
Conflict

ALM-26277 Inter-System Fault Major Running


Control Rights
Conflict

ALM-26278 RF Unit Working Fault Major Hardware


Mode and Mode
Capability
Inconsistency

ALM-26279 Inter-System Fault Minor Software


Board Installation
and Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26310 Inter-BBU Optical Fault Warning Hardware


Module Fault

ALM-26311 Inter-BBU Optical Fault Major Hardware


Module Not in
Position

ALM-26312 Inter-BBU Optical Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Module Receive
Failure

ALM-26313 Inter-BBU Optical Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Module Transmit
Failure

ALM-26314 Inter-BBU Port Fault Major Hardware


Failure

19 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26315 Inter-BBU Port Fault Major Hardware


Connection Error

ALM-26501 RF Unit Optical Fault Major Communication


Module or
Electrical Port Not
Ready

ALM-26502 RF Unit Optical Fault Major Communication


Module Type
Mismatch

ALM-26503 RF Unit Optical Fault Major Communication


Module
Transmit/Receive
Fault

ALM-26504 RF Unit CPRI Fault Major Communication


Interface Error

ALM-26506 RF Unit Optical Fault Major Communication


Interface
Performance
Degraded

ALM-26507 RF Unit Optical Fault Warning Communication


Module Fault

ALM-26520 RF Unit TX Fault Minor Hardware


Channel Gain Out
of Range

ALM-26521 RF Unit RX Fault Minor Hardware


Channel
RTWP/RSSI Too
Low

ALM-26522 RF Unit RX Fault Minor Hardware


Channel
RTWP/RSSI
Unbalanced

ALM-26524 RF Unit PA Fault Major Hardware


Overcurrent

ALM-26525 RF Unit Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Temperature
Unacceptable

ALM-26527 RF Unit Input Fault Major Hardware


Power Out of
Range

ALM-26529 RF Unit VSWR Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Threshold Crossed

20 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Fault Minor/Warning Hardware


Current Out of
Range

ALM-26531 RF Unit ALD Fault Minor Hardware


Switch
Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Fault

ALM-26533 RF Unit Software Fault Major Running


Program Error

ALM-26534 RF Unit Overload Fault Minor Running

ALM-26536 RF Unit Multi-Mode Fault Minor Running


Configuration
Conflict

ALM-26538 RF Unit Clock Fault Major Hardware


Problem

ALM-26540 RF Unit AC Input Fault Major Power


Power Failure

ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Fault Major Communication


Link Failure

ALM-26542 RF Unit Backup Fault Major Communication


Power Device
Maintenance Link
Failure

ALM-26543 RF Unit External Fault Major Communication


Device
Maintenance Link
Failure

ALM-26544 RF Unit Power Fault Major Hardware


Surge Protector
Fault

ALM-26545 RF Unit TX Fault Warning Running


Channel Switched
Off Through
Command

ALM-26546 RF Unit External Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Power Supply
Insufficient

ALM-26751 RET Antenna Fault Minor Hardware


Motor Fault

21 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26752 ALD Hardware Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Fault

ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Fault Minor Hardware


Calibrated

ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Fault Minor Hardware


Loss

ALM-26755 TMA Bypass Fault Major Hardware

ALM-26756 SASU VSWR Fault Major Hardware


Threshold Crossed

ALM-26757 RET Antenna Fault Minor Hardware


Running Data and
Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26758 TMA Running Data Fault Minor Hardware


and Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26759 SASU Running Fault Minor Hardware


Data and
Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-26760 SASU Bypass Fault Major Hardware

ALM-26765 RHUB Hardware Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Fault

ALM-26766 RHUB Software Fault Major Running


Program Error

ALM-26767 RHUB Overload Fault Minor Running

ALM-26768 RHUB Clock Fault Major Hardware


Problem

ALM-26770 UPS Surge Fault Major Hardware


Protection Device
Fault

ALM-26771 Mains Breakdown Fault Major Hardware


with UPS

ALM-26772 UPS Battery Fault Major Hardware


Undervoltage

ALM-26773 UPS Failure Fault Major Hardware

ALM-26774 RHUB AC/DC Fault Major Hardware


Maintenance Link
Failure

22 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26775 RHUB AC/DC Fault Major Hardware


Module Problem

ALM-26776 RHUB PSE Power Fault Major Hardware


Supply Failure

ALM-26777 RHUB PSE Fault Fault Major Hardware

ALM-26780 RHUB Optical Fault Major Communication


Module or
Electrical Port Not
Ready

ALM-26781 RHUB Optical Fault Major Communication


Module Type
Mismatch

ALM-26782 RHUB Optical Fault Major Communication


Module
Transmit/Receive
Fault

ALM-26783 RHUB CPRI Fault Major Communication


Interface Error

ALM-26785 RHUB Optical Fault Major/Minor Communication


Interface
Performance
Degraded

ALM-26786 RHUB Optical Fault Minor Communication


Module Fault

ALM-26787 RHUB-PRRU CPRI Fault Major Communication


Interface Error

ALM-26810 License Data Loss Fault Major Running

ALM-26811 Configured Fault Major Running


Capacity Limit
Exceeding
Licensed Limit

ALM-26812 System Dynamic Fault Major Running


Traffic Exceeding
Licensed Limit

ALM-26830 Local User Fault Minor Security


Consecutive Login
Retries Failed

ALM-26832 Peer Certificate Fault Minor Security


Expiry

23 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-26840 Imminent Fault Minor Security


Certificate Expiry

ALM-26841 Certificate Invalid Fault Major Security

ALM-26842 Automatic Fault Minor Security


Certificate Update
Failed

ALM-28201 Local Cell Blocked Fault Minor QoS

ALM-28203 Local Cell Fault Major QoS


Unusable

ALM-28204 Cell DL Load Fault Minor QoS


Simulation Startup

ALM-28205 Cell Output Power Fault Minor QoS


too Low

ALM-28206 Local Cell Fault Major QoS


Capability Decline

ALM-28207 Carrier Wave Fault Minor QoS


Share Failure

ALM-28209 Cell No Traffic Fault Minor QoS

ALM-28210 Frequency Fault Minor QoS


Separation
Configuration
Mismatch

ALM-28211 Cell Configuration Fault Major QoS


Abnormal

ALM-28221 IMB Local Cell Fault Minor QoS


Blocked

ALM-28223 IMB Local Cell Fault Major QoS


Unusable

ALM-28224 IMB Cell Output Fault Minor QoS


Power too Low

ALM-28225 IMB Local Cell Fault Major QoS


Capability Decline

ALM-28226 IMB Cell Fault Major QoS


Configuration
Abnormal

ALM-28230 Base Station Fault Minor QoS


Service Overload

24 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-28244 GPS Receiver Fault Minor Hardware


Hardware Fault

ALM-28245 GPS Receiver Fault Minor Hardware


Antenna Power
Problem

ALM-28246 GPS Receiver Fault Minor Hardware


Antenna Fault

ALM-28247 GPS Receiver Fault Minor Hardware


Software Program
Error

ALM-28248 GPS Receiver Fault Minor Hardware


Position Not
Locked

ALM-28249 GPS Receiver Fault Minor Communication


Maintenance Link
Failure

ALM-28250 GPS Receiver Fault Minor Hardware


Initialization
Configuration
Failure

ALM-28253 Ethernet Link Fault Major Trunk


Abnormal

ALM-28255 Transport Fault Major Running


Configuration
Failure

ALM-28300 Board Uplink Fault Major Hardware


Service Processing
Channel Abnormal

ALM-28301 Board Downlink Fault Major/Minor Hardware


Service Processing
Channel Abnormal

ALM-28302 Board BFN Fault Major Hardware


Abnormal

ALM-28303 WBBP-WBBP Fault Major Hardware


Interface Abnormal

ALM-28329 RF Unit Input Fault Major Hardware


Power Abnormal

ALM-28330 RF Unit Over Fault Major Hardware


Backward Power
Alarm

25 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Type Alarm Level Event Type

ALM-28350 Board Fault Major Running


Configuration
Inconsistent with
Resource Group
Configuration

ALM-28354 Transport Backup Fault Major Running


Not Support

ALM-28355 Data Configuration Fault Major Running


File Error

ALM-28381 Board Startup Fault Major Running


Abnormal Alarm

ALM-65033- External Fault Major Environment


ALM-65233 Analog/Boolean
Alarm

1.1.2 ALM-25600 Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the maintenance link between the BBU/RRU and the monitoring device fails or the
maintenance link between monitoring devices fails.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Connect Port No. Serial port No. connected to the monitoring device

Communication Address Communication address of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The system cannot monitor the status of the monitoring device.
Operators cannot configure or maintain the monitoring device.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The monitoring device is configured in a wrong cabinet/subrack/slot, or configured with a wrong serial
port or communication address.

26 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The monitoring device is not powered on or fails to be detected.

The cable connections are faulty between the BBU/RRU and the monitoring device, between CCUs,
or between a CCU and another monitoring device.

The cable is loose, worn-out, or broken between the BBU/RRU and the monitoring device, between
CCUs, or between a CCU and another monitoring device.

The DIP switch setting of the monitoring device is wrong.

The monitoring device is faulty.


The BBU is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the configuration on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command SCN RS485 to check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot,
connected serial port, and communication address of the faulty monitoring device, as
well as the cabinet/subrack/slot of the device managing the faulty monitoring device are
consistent with the configuration plan.
Y => The information is consistent. Go to step 2.
N => The information is inconsistent. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command RMV PMU(PMU)/RMV TCU(TCU)/RMV EMU(EMU)/RMV
FMU(FMU) to remove the faulty monitoring device.
Run the MML command ADD PMU(PMU)/ADD TCU(TCU)/ADD EMU(EMU)/ADD
FMU(FMU) to add the monitoring device according to the configuration plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the monitoring device specified in the alarm location parameters is
properly installed and powered on. When the power switch is turned on and the RUN
indicator is on, it indicates that the monitoring device is powered on.
Y => The monitoring device is properly installed and powered on. Go to step 3.
N => The monitoring device is improperly installed or not powered on. Go to sub-step b.

b. Install the monitoring device properly and power it on.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connections for the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cables for the monitoring device are properly connected based on
the installation guide.
Y => The cables are properly connected. Go to sub-step c.
N => The cables are improperly connected. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reconnect the cables properly for the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

27 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

c. Check whether the cables for the monitoring device are functional and the connections
are correct.
Y => The cables are functional and the connections are correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cables are loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to
sub-step d.

d. Reconnect or replace the cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. (Skip this step and go to step 5 if the device is not configured with the DIP switch) Check the
communication address of the monitoring device on site.

a. Check the DIP switch settings of the monitoring device.


Y => The DIP switch settings are correct. Go to step 5.
N => The DIP switch settings are incorrect. Go to sub-step b.
b. Power off the monitoring device, set the DIP switch correctly, and then power on the
monitoring device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Replace the faulty unit of the BBU on site.

a. Note: If there is only one UPEU configured in the BBU or there are two UPEUs
configured in the high-power-consumption BBU, replacing the UPEU interrupts all the
ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform the replacement in low-traffic
hours.
Replace the BBU environment interface unit on site.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

b. Note: Replacing the main control board interrupts all the ongoing services of the base
station. Therefore, perform the replacement in low-traffic hours. A base station
software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software
version must be ready for use in advance.
Replace the main control board on site.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

28 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.3 ALM-25601 Monitoring Device Hardware Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the hardware of the monitoring device is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major Some or all the monitoring functions of the monitoring device fail.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The software of the monitoring device malfunctions.

The hardware of the monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Reset the monitoring device on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty monitoring device on the M2000.
Wait until the startup is complete, Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Power cycle the monitoring device on site.

a. Power cycle the faulty monitoring device, or remove and then insert the faulty
monitoring device on site.
Wait until the startup is complete, Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

29 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.4 ALM-25602 Sensor Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when a sensor is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Sensor No. Faulty sensor number (Battery temperature sensor 1, Battery temperature sensor 2, Cabinet
humidity sensor, Cabinet temperature sensor 1, Cabinet temperature sensor 2, Cabinet ambient
temperature sensor, Air inlet temperature sensor, Air outlet temperature sensor, Current sensor
of the diesel generator)

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The system cannot monitor the alarms detected by the sensor.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The cable connection of the sensor is faulty.


The sensor is faulty.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25600 Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure (the "Board Type" parameter is
TCU.)
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

30 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

2. Check the sensor and its cable connection on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the monitoring device and the sensor is functional
and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.5 ALM-25620 Monitoring Device Power Supply Problem


Description

This alarm is reported when the DC input to the monitoring device has a problem.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(DC Overvoltage, DC Undervoltage, DC Failure)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major Some or all the monitoring functions of the monitoring device fail.
If the monitoring device is an EDU, the devices carried on the EDU may be powered
off. In this case, the ongoing services are disrupted.

System Actions

31 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

If the monitoring device is an EDU, the devices carried on the EDU are powered off.

Possible Causes

The power cable for the monitoring device is faulty. For example, the power cable is loosely
connected, worn-out, or damage.

The input power malfunctions.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm of the base station on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.


25621 Power Supply DC Output Out of Range
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the power cable of the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the power cable between the monitoring device and the power supply
device is normal.
Y => The power cable is functional and its connection is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The power cable malfunctions or its connection is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reconnect or replace the power cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the input power of the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the input power voltage of the monitoring device is within the normal
range.
Y => The input power voltage is within the normal range. Go to step 4.
N => The input power voltage is beyond the normal range. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the customer to set the input power voltage of the non-Huawei power supply
device within the normal range.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.

32 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.6 ALM-25621 Power Supply DC Output Out of Range


Description

This alarm is reported when the DC output of the power system is out of range.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(DC Overvoltage, DC Undervoltage)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The DC output overvoltage may cause damage to the boards of the base station. In
this case, the ongoing services carried on the boards are disrupted.
The DC output undervoltage may lead to board power-off at the base station. In this
case, the ongoing services carried on the boards are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The AC input is out of range.

The PSU is faulty.

The alarm threshold setting is incorrect.


The battery charge is insufficient.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25622 Mains Input Out of Range
25626 Power Module Abnormal
25711 Solar Array Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.

33 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the threshold of the power supply DC output out of range alarm of the power supply system.

a. Run the MML command LST PMU to query the settings for the power supply DC output
out of range alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is correct according to the
configuration planning.
Y => The alarm threshold is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The alarm threshold is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD PMU to set the alarm threshold based on the
configuration planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the batteries on site.

a. Measure the voltage of the battery to check whether the voltage is lower than the
undervoltage threshold obtained in step 2.
Y => The battery voltage is lower than the alarm threshold. Go to sub-step b.
N => The battery voltage is not lower than the alarm threshold. Go to step 4.

b. Start the diesel generator to charge batteries.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4

4. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.7 ALM-25622 Mains Input Out of Range


Description

This alarm is reported when the mains input is out of range.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

34 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(AC Failure, AC Phase Loss, AC Overvoltage, AC
Undervoltage)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major In the case that AC failure or AC phase loss occurs:


If batteries are configured, the NE is powered by batteries and operates normally
until the batteries are depleted. If Load Low Voltage Disconnected (LLVD) is
enabled, the load is powered off when the LLVD threshold is reached. In this case,
the ongoing services carried on the load are disrupted.
In the case that AC undervoltage occurs:
The DC output power decreases and therefore some boards are powered off. In this
case, the life span of power system is shortened.
In the case that AC overvoltage occurs:
The power module may stop providing power. Some boards may be powered off. In
this case, the life span of power system is shortened.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The alarm threshold setting is improper.

The AC Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) is switched off.

The AC input power cable is faulty.

The AC power network or the power distribution is faulty.

The monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000.

a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm detailed information.
If "Specific Problem" is "AC Overvoltage" or "AC Undervoltage", go to step 2.
If "Specific Problem" is "AC Failure" or "AC Phase Loss", go to step 3.

2. Check the threshold of the mains input out of range alarm.

a. Run the MML command LST PMU to query the mains input out of range alarm. Check
whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 4.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD PMU to set the alarm threshold based on the
configuration planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

35 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

3. Check the setting of the AC MCB on site.

a. Check whether the AC MCB is switched on.


Y => The AC MCB is switched on. Go to step 4.
N => The AC MCB is switched off. Go to sub-step b.
b. Switch on the AC MCB.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the connections of the AC input power cable on site.

a. Check whether the AC input power cable is properly connected.


Y => The cable is properly connected. Go to step 5.
N => The cable is improperly connected. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the AC power network and power distribution on site.

a. Check whether the AC power network and power distribution are functional.
Y => The AC power network and power distribution are functional. Go to step 6.
N => The AC power network or power distribution malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault in the power supply for the base station.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.8 ALM-25623 Load Disconnected


Description

This alarm is reported when the load (including the RF unit) is powered off.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

36 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Low Voltage, High Temperature, Remote Control)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the load are disrupted.

Warning The load is powered off remotely, and the ongoing services carried on the load are
disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The AC input is out of range.

The power module is faulty.

The solar array fails to provide the DC output.

The solar array is faulty.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25622 Mains Input Out of Range
25626 Power Module Abnormal
25621 Power Supply DC Output Out of Range
25711 Solar Array Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

37 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.9 ALM-25624 Battery Power Unavailable


Description

This alarm is reported when the batteries are depleted, the battery temperature is extremely high, or when the
batteries are powered off manually or remotely.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Low Voltage, High Temperature, Manual Stop, Remote
Control)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major When the batteries are disconnected due to low voltage, the base station stops
working and all related services are disrupted. The services are resumed only after
the AC power supply is available.
When the batteries are shut down at a high temperature, the battery charging or
discharging is stopped. If the AC power supply is unavailable, the base station stops
working and the ongoing services are disrupted. If the AC power supply is available,
the base station continues normal operation.

Warning The batteries cannot provide any power.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The mains input is out of range.


The power module is faulty.

The batteries are overheated.

The batteries are powered off manually.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25622 Mains Input Out of Range
25626 Power Module Abnormal
25654 Battery Temperature Unacceptable

38 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable


Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the battery button on the panel of the PMU on site.

a. Press the BAT ON button on the panel of the PMU and hold it for 5 to 10 seconds.
Ensure that the batteries are powered on.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.10 ALM-25625 Battery Current Out of Range


Description

This alarm is reported when the battery current is out of range during charging and discharging.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Specific Problem of the alarm(Loop Broken, Charging Overcurrent, Discharging Imbalance,
Problem Discharging Overcurrent)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major If overcurrent occurs during battery charging, the life span of batteries is shortened.
The batteries cannot work because the battery loop is broken.
The voltage of the batteries is imbalanced, which makes the backup power capacity
of batteries insufficient.
If overcurrent occurs during battery discharging, the power consumption of the base

39 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

station decreases and therefore the cell coverage area shrinks.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The batteries are not installed.

The power module is faulty.

The circuit breaker of the batteries is switched off or the battery contactor is switched off.
The batteries are faulty or worn-out.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check whether one of the following correlated alarms is reported on the M2000:
25626 Power Module Abnormal
25624 Battery Power Unavailable
Y => A correlated alarm is reported. Go to sub-step b.
N => A correlated alarm is not reported.Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Locate the alarm cause on the M2000.

a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm detailed information.


If "Specific Problem" is "Discharging Overcurrent", go to sub-step b
If "Specific Problem" is the other value, go to step 3.

b. Raise the batter capacity or reduce the traffic load (for example,by shutting down an
RF unit) based on the configuration plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

3. Check the batteries onsite.

a. Check whether the batteries are installed.


Y => The batteries are installed. Go to step 4.
N => The batteries are not installed. Go to sub-step b.

b. Check whether the batteries are required based on the configuration plan.
Y => The batteries are required. Go to sub-step c.
N => The batteries are not required. Go to sub-step d.

40 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

c. Install the batteries.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

d. Run the MML command RMV BATTERY to remove the batteries.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the circuit breaker and fuse of the batteries on site.

a. Check whether the circuit breaker is switched off or the fuse of batteries is
disconnected.
Y => The circuit breaker is switched off or the fuse is disconnected. Go to sub-step b.
N => The circuit breaker is switched on and the fuse is connected. Go to step 5.

b. Switch on the circuit breaker or replace the faulty fuse.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the difference between the battery voltage and the midpoint voltage of the battery group on
site.

a. Measure the battery voltage and the midpoint voltage of the battery group. Check
whether their difference exceeds the threshold. If the battery voltage is larger than
(midpoint voltage x 2 + 0.6) or lower than (midpoint voltage x 2 - 0.6), you can infer that
the difference exceeds the threshold.
Y => The difference exceeds the threshold. Go to sub-step b.
N => The difference is lower than the threshold. Go to step 6.

b. Inform the maintenance personnel to diagnose and clear the fault on site.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.11 ALM-25626 Power Module Abnormal


Description

This alarm is reported when the power module fails.

Parameters

41 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

PSU Slot No. Slot number of the faulty power module

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Power Module Fault, Power Module Protection, Power
Module Shutdown)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The power module is faulty. The faulty power module cannot provide the DC power
and cannot be recovered automatically. This fault weakens the DC power capability
of the base station and may affect some services.
The power module self-protection is being performed. The faulty power module
cannot output DC power supply, but it can be recovered automatically after the fault
is rectified. The services may be affected for a while.

Warning The power module is shut down. The faulty power module operates normally, but
cannot output DC power supply for a while because the power module is shut down
manually or the AC power supply is cut off. The services may be affected for a
while.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The cabinet is overheated.


The mains input is out of range.

The power module is faulty.


The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable
25654 Battery Temperature Unacceptable
25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable
25622 Mains Input Out of Range
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.

42 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the power module on site.

a. Replace the power module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.12 ALM-25628 AC Surge Protector Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the AC surge protector of the base station is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The AC surge protection function fails.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The cable connection between the AC surge protector and the monitoring device is loose or broken.

The AC surge protector fails.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the cable connection between the surge protector and the monitoring device on site.

43 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check whether the cable between the surge protector and the monitoring device is
functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the surge protector.

a. Check whether the alarm output port of the surge protector is closed.
Y => The alarm output port is closed. Go to step 3.
N => The alarm output port is open. Go to sub-step b.
b. Replace the surge protector.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.13 ALM-25630 Power Module and Monitoring Module Communication


Failure
Description

This alarm is reported when the monitoring module fails to communicate with the power module properly.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

PSU Slot No. Slot number of the faulty power module

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The power module is not installed or not in position. The faulty power module cannot

44 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

provide the DC power. This fault weakens the DC power capability of the base
station and may affect some services.
The power module is in position, but its communication with the monitoring module
fails. The faulty power module is not in control of the monitoring module. The services
may be affected for a while.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The power module is not secure or not in position.

The monitoring module is not securely installed.

The power module is faulty.

The monitoring module is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the power module on site.

a. Check whether the power module is installed in the slot of the subrack of the cabinet
specified in the alarm detailed information on site.
Y => The power module is installed. Go to sub-step b.
N => The power module is not installed. Go to sub-step c.

b. Remove the power module, and then reinstall it properly.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

c. Install the power module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the installation of the monitoring module on site.

a. Remove the monitoring module, and then reinstall it properly.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the power module on site.

a. Replace the power module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

45 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

4. Replace the monitoring module on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.14 ALM-25631 Load Fuse Broken


Description

This alarm is reported when a load fuse is broken.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The equipment associated with the broken fuse is powered off, which interrupts the
ongoing services carried by the equipment.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The load fuse is broken or not in position.

Procedure

1. Check the load fuse on site.

a. Check whether the load fuse is installed.


Y => The load fuse is installed. Go to sub-step c.
N => The load fuse is not installed. Go to sub-step b.

b. Install a spare fuse.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.
c. Locate the faulty fuse by checking the output voltage of the power system, the solar
controller, or the equipment which is powered off, and then replace the load fuse.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

46 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.15 ALM-25632 Battery Cabin Heater Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the heater of the battery cabin is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The performance of batteries is degraded and the life span is shortened.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The AC input power cable of the heater is not properly connected.

The heater is faulty.

The temperature sensor in the battery cabin is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the battery temperature and ambient temperature on the M2000.

a. After the AC power supply for the heater operates normally for one hour, run the MML
command DSP PMU to query the battery temperature, and run the MML command
DSP EMU to query the ambient temperature.
Check whether both the battery temperature and the ambient temperature are lower
than -20°C.
Y => Both the battery temperature and the ambient temperature are lower than -20°C.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The battery temperature or the ambient temperature is not lower than -20°C. Go
to step 2.

b. Replace the heater on site.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) state and connections of the AC input power cable of
the heater on site.

47 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check whether the AC input power cable of the heater is functional, and check whether
the MCB of the heater is switched on.
Y => The cable is functional and the MCB is switched on. Go to step 3.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, incorrectly connected, or the MCB is not
switched on. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable, or switch on the MCB.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the temperature sensor in the battery cabin on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.16 ALM-25633 PMU Internal Interface Communication Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the PMU cannot communicate with the DSAC (signal access board) properly.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The system cannot monitor the status of the monitoring device.
The system cannot configure or maintain the monitoring device.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The communication cable between the DSAC and the monitoring device fails.

The DSAC fails.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the connections of the communication cable on site.

48 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check whether the cable between the DSAC and the monitoring device is functional and
the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected.. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the DSAC on site.

a. Replace the DSAC.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.17 ALM-25634 Battery Not In Position


Description

This alarm is reported when the batteries fail to be detected.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The batteries cannot supply the backup power. Therefore, the entire system is
powered off when the AC input fails.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

49 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The battery parameters are incorrectly set.

The batteries are not installed or the cable connections are abnormal.

The circuit breaker of the battery cabinet is not switch on.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the battery configuration on the M2000.

a. Check whether the cabinet needs to be configured with batteries based on the
configuration plan on the M2000.
Y => The batteries need to be configured. Go to step 2.
N => The batteries do not need to be configured. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command RMV BATTERY to remove the batteries on the M2000.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

2. Check the installation of batteries on site.

a. Check whether the batteries are installed on site.


Y => The batteries are installed. Go to step 3.
N => The batteries are not installed. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the batteries properly. Then, switch on the circuit breaker.

c. Run the MML command RST BRD on the M2000 to reset the corresponding monitoring
device. Alternatively, power cycle or reseat the corresponding monitoring device on site.
Wait until its startup is complete.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the battery loop on site.

a. Check whether the battery loop is functional and all circuit breakers are switched on.
Y => The battery loop is functional and all circuit breakers are switched on. Go to step
4.
N => The battery loop malfunctions or a circuit breaker is not switched on. Go to
sub-step b.
b. Reconnect the cables of batteries.

c. Run the MML command RST BRD on the M2000 to reset the corresponding monitoring
device. Alternatively, power cycle or reseat the corresponding monitoring device on site.
Wait until its startup is complete.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the monitoring device on site.

50 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.18 ALM-25636 Loss of Power Supply Redundancy


Description

This alarm is reported when N+1 backup of power modules cannot be achieved because the number of
configured power modules in the power system is insufficient.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Load current Load current

Battery current Battery current

Voltage DC Voltage

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Warning N+1 backup of power modules cannot be achieved. The power supply capability of
the power system will be insufficient if a power module malfunctions.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The number of configured power modules is insufficient and N+1 backup of power modules cannot be achieved.

Procedure

1. Add a power module on site.

a. Install a power module on site. Then, configure the new power module by running the
MML command ADD PSU on the M2000. Wait for at least 15 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

b. Repeat step 1 until the alarm is cleared or until all the slots are occupied.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

51 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.19 ALM-25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable


Description

This alarm is reported when the ambient temperature is too high or too low.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The device may be damaged because of a high temperature. In this case, the
ongoing services are disrupted.

Minor The normal operation of the device is affected, and the ongoing services may be
disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The setting of the alarm threshold is improper.

The ambient temperature in the equipment room is abnormal.

The cable connection is faulty.

The temperature sensor malfunctions.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the threshold setting for the ambient temperature alarm of the monitoring device on the
M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST EMU to query the threshold of ambient temperature
alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration
planning.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 2.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD EMU to set the alarm threshold based on the
configuration planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.

52 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the ambient temperature in the equipment room on site.

a. Check whether the ambient temperature in the equipment room is normal by checking
the environment monitoring device (like the thermometer) in the equipment room.
Y => The temperature is within the normal range. Go to step 3.
N => The temperature is out of range. Go to b.
b. Check the air conditioner or other air-conditioning device in the equipment room, and
clear the fault.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device
is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the temperature sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.20 ALM-25651 Ambient Humidity Unacceptable


Description

This alarm is reported when the ambient humidity is too high or too low.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

53 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The equipment may be damaged, and the life span may be shortened.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The setting of the alarm threshold is improper.

The ambient humidity in the equipment room is abnormal.

The cable connection is faulty.

The humidity sensor malfunctions.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the threshold setting for the ambient humidity alarm of the monitoring device on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST EMU to query the threshold of ambient humidity alarm.
Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 2.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD EMU to set the alarm threshold based on the
configuration planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the ambient humidity of the equipment room on site.

a. Check whether the humidity in the equipment room is normal.


Y => The humidity in the equipment room is within the normal range. Go to step 3.
N => The humidity in the equipment room is out of range. Go to sub-step b.

b. Check the air conditioner in the equipment room, and clear the fault if any.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connection between the humidity sensor and the monitoring device on site.

54 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device
is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the humidity sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.21 ALM-25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable


Description

This alarm is reported when the cabinet temperature is too high or too low.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The device may be damaged because of a high temperature. In this case, the
ongoing services are disrupted.

Minor The normal operation of the device is affected, and the ongoing services may be
disrupted.

System Actions

55 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

None

Possible Causes

The ambient temperature is out of range.

The heat dissipation system of the cabinet is faulty.

The setting of the alarm threshold is improper.

The cable connection of the sensor is faulty.

The sensor is faulty.


The monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable
25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable
25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable
25673 Fan Stalled
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the threshold setting for the cabinet temperature alarm on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST TCU to query the threshold of cabinet temperature alarm.
Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD TCU to set the alarm threshold based on the
configuration planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device
is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.

56 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the temperature sensor of the cabinet on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.22 ALM-25653 Cabinet Humidity Unacceptable


Description

This alarm is reported when the cabinet humidity is too high or too low.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The normal operation of the device is affected, and the services may be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The ambient humidity is out of range.

The heat dissipation system of the cabinet is faulty.


The setting of the alarm threshold is improper.

The cable connection of the sensor is faulty.


The sensor is faulty.

57 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25651 Ambient Humidity Unacceptable
25673 Fan Stalled
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the threshold setting for the cabinet humidity alarm on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST EMU to query the threshold of cabinet humidity alarm.
Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command MOD EMU to set the alarm threshold based on the
configuration planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connection between the humidity sensor and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device
is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.
b. Reconnect or replace the cable.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the cabinet humidity sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

58 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.23 ALM-25654 Battery Temperature Unacceptable


Description

This alarm is reported when the battery temperature is too high or too low.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major/Minor The performance of batteries is degraded and the life span is shortened.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The cabinet temperature is out of range.

The heater in the battery cabin is faulty.


The setting of the alarm threshold is improper.

The cable connection between the battery temperature sensor and the monitoring device is faulty.

The battery temperature sensor is faulty.


The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable
25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable
25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable
25673 Fan Stalled
25632 Battery Cabin Heater Fault

59 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.


N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the threshold setting for the battery temperature alarm of the monitoring device on the
M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST BATTERY to query the threshold of cabinet temperature
alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration
planning.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD BATTERY to set the alarm threshold based on the
configuration planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connection between the battery temperature sensor and the monitoring device on
site.

a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device
is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the battery temperature sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.24 ALM-25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable

60 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Description

This alarm is reported when the temperature at the air outlet of the cabinet is too high or too low, or the
temperature difference between the air outlet and the air inlet is excessive.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low, Cabinet Air Inlet-to-Outlet Temperature
Problem Difference Too Large)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The device may be damaged because of a high temperature. In this case, the
ongoing services are disrupted.

Minor The normal operation of the device is affected, and the ongoing services may be
disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The cabinet temperature is out of range.

The heat dissipation system of the cabinet is faulty.

The setting of the alarm threshold is improper.

The cable connection of the sensor is faulty.


The sensor is faulty.

The air filter is blocked.

The monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable
25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable
25673 Fan Stalled
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

61 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000.

a. Locate the cause of the alarm according to the alarm detailed information on the
M2000.
If "Specific Problem" is "Cabinet Air Inlet-to-Outlet Temperature Difference Too Large",
go to step 7.
If "Specific Problem" is "Too High" or "Too Low", go to step 3.

3. Check the threshold setting for the cabinet air outlet temperature alarm on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST EMU(EMU)/LST PMU(PMU)/LST TCU(TCU) to query


the threshold of cabinet air outlet temperature alarm. Check whether the alarm
threshold is proper according to the configuration plan.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 4.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD EMU(EMU)/MOD PMU(PMU)/MOD TCU(TCU) to set


the alarm threshold based on the configuration plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device
is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 5.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the temperature sensor of the cabinet air outlet on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.

62 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

7. Check the air filter on site.

a. Check whether the air inlet or air outlet of the cabinet is blocked by an foreign object.
Y => The air inlet or air outlet is blocked by an foreign object. Go to sub-step b.
N => There is no foreign object at the air inlet or air outlet. Go to sub-step c.

b. Remove the foreign object from the the air inlet or air outlet.

c. Replace the air filter by referring to the user manual of the product.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.25 ALM-25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable


Description

This alarm is reported when the temperature at the air inlet of the cabinet is too high or too low.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The device may be damaged because of a high temperature. In this case, the
ongoing services are disrupted.

Minor The normal operation of the equipment is affected, and the services may be
disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The heat dissipation system of the cabinet malfunctions.


The ambient temperature is out of range.

The cable connection of the sensor is faulty.

The sensor is faulty.

The monitoring device is faulty.

63 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable
25673 Fan Stalled
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the cabinet temperature on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable
25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable
Y => The correlated alarm exists. The cabinet temperature is out of range. Go to step
3.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. The cabinet temperature is within the normal
range. Go to step 4.

3. Clear the cabinet temperature alarm.

a. Locate the cause of the alarm according to the alarm detailed information on the
M2000.
If "Specific Problem" is "Too High", go to sub-step b.
If "Specific Problem" is "Too Low", go to sub-step c.

b. Replace the fan box on site.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

c. (Skip this sub-step and go to step 4 if no heater is configured) Check whether the
heater is working on site.
Y => The heater is working. Go to step 4.
N => The heater is not working. Go to sub-step d.

d. Replace the heater on site.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device is
functional and the connection is correct.

64 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 5.


N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the temperature sensor of the cabinet air inlet on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.26 ALM-25657 TEC Cooler Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the air conditional of the Thermal Energy Converter (TEC) malfunctions.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The base station works properly. However, the temperature of the batteries may be
too high, thus affecting the safe operation of the batteries.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The cable connection of the TEC is faulty.

The TEC module group is faulty.

65 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Reset the corresponding monitoring device on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the monitoring device where the faulty TEC
is located.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the cable connection between the TEC and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the TEC and the monitoring device is functional and
the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the TEC on site.

a. Arrange the cables of the TEC, and remove foreign objects around the fan. Then,
reinstall the cables and power on the TEC.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the TEC module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.27 ALM-25670 Water Alarm


Description

This alarm is reported when the equipment room or the cabinet is waterlogged.

Parameters

66 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Critical The device is damaged and the services may be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The alarm disable function of the water alarm is configured incorrectly.

The equipment room or the cabinet is waterlogged.

The cable connection between the water sensor and the monitoring device is faulty.

The water sensor is faulty.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. (Skip this step and go to step 2 if the board type is not EMU or PMU.) Check the configuration of
the water sensor on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST EMU(EMU)/LST PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to check
whether the status of the water alarm is consistent with the configuration plan.
Y => The status of the water alarm is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step
2.
N => The status of the water alarm is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD EMU(EMU)/MOD PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to disable
the water alarm.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

2. Check the equipment room or the cabinet on site.

a. Check whether the equipment room or the cabinet is waterlogged on site. Remove the
water, and then waterproof the equipment room and the cabinet.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connection between the sensor and the monitoring device on site.

67 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device
is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the water sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.28 ALM-25671 Smoke Alarm


Description

This alarm is reported when high density smoke is detected in the equipment room.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Critical The equipment may be burnt out.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The alarm disable function of the smoke alarm is configured incorrectly.

68 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The equipment room or the equipment is on fire.

The cable connection between the smoke sensor and the monitoring device is faulty.

The smoke sensor is faulty.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. (Skip this step and go to step 2 if the board type is not EMU or PMU.) Check the configuration of
the smoke sensor on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST EMU(EMU)/LST PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to check
whether the status of the smoke alarm is consistent with the configuration plan.
Y => The status of the smoke alarm is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to
step 2.
N => The status of the smoke alarm is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD EMU(EMU)/MOD PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to disable
the smoke alarm. Then, run the MML command CLR PMUALM(PMU)/CLR
EMUALM(EMU) to clear the smoke alarm.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

2. Check the equipment room or the equipment.

a. Check whether the equipment room or the equipment is on fire on site. Extinguish the
fire if any. If there is no fire, go to step 3.
After the fire is extinguished, run the MML command CLR PMUALM(PMU)/CLR
EMUALM(EMU) to clear the smoke alarm on the M2000.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connection between the sensor and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the correlated sensor and the monitoring device is
functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Then, run the MML command CLR
PMUALM(PMU)/CLR EMUALM(EMU) on the M2000 to clear the smoke alarm. Wait
for two minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the smoke sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor. Then, run the MML command CLR PMUALM(PMU)/CLR

69 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

EMUALM(EMU) on the M2000 to clear the smoke alarm. Wait for two minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device. Then, run the MML command CLR
PMUALM(PMU)/CLR EMUALM(EMU) on the M2000 to clear the smoke alarm. Wait
for two minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.29 ALM-25672 Burglar Alarm


Description

This alarm is reported when a person enters the equipment room or the door of the cabinet is open.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Door Status Alarm, Infrared Alarm)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Critical The equipment may be damaged or stolen.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The function of the door status or infrared alarms is configured incorrectly.

The door of the equipment room or the cabinet is open.

The cable connection between the sensor and the monitoring device is faulty.

The sensor is faulty.


The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. (Skip this step and go to step 2 if the board type is not EMU or PMU.) Check the configuration on
the M2000.

70 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Run the MML command LST EMU(EMU)/LST PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to check
whether the status of the door status alarm or infrared alarm is consistent with the
configuration plan.
Y => The status of the door status alarm or infrared alarm is consistent with the
configuration plan. Go to step 2.
N => The status of the door status alarm or infrared alarm is inconsistent with the
configuration plan. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD EMU(EMU)/MOD PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to disable
the door status alarm or infrared alarm.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the door of the equipment room or the cabinet on site.

a. Check whether the door of the equipment room or the cabinet is open on site.
Y => The door is open. Go to sub-step b.
N => The door is closed. Go to step 3.

b. Close the door.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.
c. Check whether the parameter "Board Type" is "EMU" according to the alarm detailed
information.
Y => The board type is EMU. Go to sub-step d.
N => The board type is not EMU. Go to step 3.

d. Run the MML command CLR EMUALM on the M2000 to clear the burglar alarm. Wait
for two minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the cable connection between the sensor and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the correlated sensor and the monitoring device is
functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.
b. Reconnect or replace the cable.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.
c. Based on the alarm detailed information, check whether "Board Type" is "EMU".
Y => The board type is EMU. Go to sub-step d.

71 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The board type is not EMU. Go to step 4.

d. Run the MML command CLR EMUALM on the M2000 to clear the burglar alarm. Wait
for two minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the door status sensor or infrared sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.
b. Based on the alarm detailed information, check whether "Board Type" is "EMU".
Y => The board type is EMU. Go to sub-step c.
N => The board type is not EMU. Go to step 5.
c. Run the MML command CLR EMUALM on the M2000 to clear the burglar alarm. Wait
for two minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

b. Based on the alarm detailed information, check whether "Board Type" is "EMU".
Y => The board type is EMU. Go to sub-step c.
N => The board type is not EMU. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

c. Run the MML command CLR EMUALM on the M2000 to clear the burglar alarm. Wait
for two minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.30 ALM-25673 Fan Stalled


Description

This alarm is reported when a fan is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

72 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Fan No. Faulty fan number (Inner air circulation fan, Outer air circulation fan, Main fan, Extension fan
group 1)

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The normal operation of the equipment is affected, and the services may be
disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The cable connection of the fan is faulty.

The fan is blocked.

The fan is worn-out.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

The fan speed cannot be controlled.

Procedure

1. Reset the corresponding monitoring device on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD on the M2000 to reset the monitoring device where
the fan is located.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. (For the NodeB, skip this step and go to step 3.) Check the cable connection between the fan and
the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the fan and the monitoring device is functional and
the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the fan module on site.

73 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Remove the fan subrack. Eliminate foreign objects around the fan, and then reinstall the
fan subrack.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the fan box.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.31 ALM-25695 Diesel Generator Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the diesel generator cannot supply the power because the diesel generator startup
fails or an error occurs during the operation of the diesel generator.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major There is no AC power supply. The system may be powered off.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The alarm cable connection between the diesel generator and the monitoring device is faulty.

The diesel generator is faulty.


The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the alarm cable connection between the diesel generator and the monitoring device on site.

74 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check whether the alarm cable between the diesel generator and the monitoring device
is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the alarm cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the diesel generator on site.

a. Check for alarms related to diesel generator on the control panel of the diesel
generator on site.
Y => The diesel generator is faulty. Go to sub-step b.
N => The diesel generator is functional. Go to step 3.

b. Contact the relevant professionals to repair the diesel generator.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.32 ALM-25696 Diesel Generator Low Fuel


Description

This alarm is reported when the fuel in the diesel generator is insufficient.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major There is no AC power supply. The system may be powered off.

System Actions

75 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

None

Possible Causes

The fuel in the diesel generator is insufficient.

The alarm cable connection is faulty.

The sensor is faulty.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the fuel in the diesel generator on site.

a. Check whether the fuel in the diesel generator is sufficient.


Y => The fuel is sufficient. Go to step 2.
N => The fuel is insufficient. Go to sub-step b.
b. Shut down the diesel generator, and add fuel to a proper level.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the alarm cable connection between the diesel generator and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the alarm cable between the diesel generator that reports the alarm and
the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the alarm cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the sensor on site.

a. Check whether the alarm output port of the sensor for the diesel generator is functional.
Y => The alarm output port of the sensor is functional. Go to step 4.
N => The alarm output port of the sensor malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the corresponding monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

76 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.33 ALM-25697 Diesel Generator Startup Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the diesel generator fails to be started.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The diesel generator cannot provide the power supply.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The diesel generator is faulty.

The fuel in the diesel generator is insufficient.

The diesel generator is shut down.

The power cable that transmits the startup signals of the diesel generator is faulty.
The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25695 Diesel Generator Fault
25696 Diesel Generator Low Fuel
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the operating status of the diesel generator on site.

a. Check whether the controller of the diesel generator works in auto mode.
Y => The diesel generator is in auto mode. Go to step 3.

77 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The diesel generator is not in auto mode. Go to sub-step b.

b. Changes the operating status of the diesel generator to auto mode.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the power cable that transmits the startup signals of the diesel generator on site.

a. Check whether the power cable that transmits the startup signals of the diesel
generator is functional and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the corresponding monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.34 ALM-25710 Loss of Solar Array


Description

This alarm is reported when the loop of the solar array is broken or the modules of the solar array are lost.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Array No. Solar array No. If the array No. is 0, it indicates that the array is unknown.

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The solar array cannot provide the power supply to the system.

System Actions

None

78 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Possible Causes

The solar array cannot receive any sunshine for a long period.

The solar array is lost.

The loop of the solar array is broken, or the Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) is switched off.

The solar array is shielded from sunshine.

The monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the weather.

a. Check whether the weather has remained cloudy and rainy for at least four days.
Y => It has been cloudy and rainy for more than four days. In this case, ignore the
alarm. No further action is required.
N => It has not been cloudy or rainy. Go to step 2.

2. Check the solar array on site.

a. Check whether the solar array is in position on site.


Y => The solar array is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The solar array in not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Install the solar array at the required position. For details about the installation, see the
Power2000 Quick Installation Guide.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the MCB of the solar array on site.

a. Check whether the MCBs of all solar arrays are switched on.
Y => The MCBs are switched on. Go to step 4.
N => The MCBs are switched off. Go to sub-step b.

b. Switch on the MCBs.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the solar array on site.

a. Check whether there is any shield around the solar array on site.
Y => There is a shield around the solar array. Go to sub-step b.
N => There is no shield around the solar array. Go to step 5.
b. Remove the shield.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

79 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

5. Replace the corresponding monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.35 ALM-25711 Solar Array Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the open-circuit voltage/current or the operating voltage/current of the solar array is
out of range.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Array No. Solar array No. If the array No. is 0, it indicates that the array is unknown.

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The solar array cannot provide the power supply for the system.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The solar array is lost.


The connection mode of the solar array is incorrect.

The PSU is short-circuited or disconnected.


The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25710 Loss of Solar Array
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.

80 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the connection mode of the solar array on site.

a. Check whether the connection mode of the solar array is consistent with the site
planning. For the detailed cable connections, see the Power2000 Quick Installation
Guide.
Y => The connection mode is consistent with that in the site planning. Go to step 3.
N => The connection mode is inconsistent with that in the site planning. Go to sub-step
b.
b. Set the connection mode of the solar array according to the site planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the PSU on site.

a. Check whether the MOS transistor of the PSU is damaged on site.


Y => The MOS transistor is damaged. Go to sub-step d.
N => The MOS transistor is functional. Go to sub-step b.

b. On the control panel of the solar array, set the state of solar array to OFF. Then, use a
clamp meter to check whether the open-circuit current of the PSU is larger than 2 A.
Y => The open-circuit current is larger than 2 A. Go to sub-step d.
N => The open-circuit current is 0. Go to sub-step c.

c. On the control panel of the solar array, set the state of solar array to ON. Then, use a
multimeter to check whether the operating voltage of the PSU is larger than 5 V DC.
Y => The operating voltage is larger than 5 V DC. Go to sub-step d.
N => The operating voltage is within the normal range. Go to step 4.

d. Use a screwdriver to remove the PSU. Then, install a new PSU.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.36 ALM-25713 Solar Controller Temperature Unacceptable


Description

This alarm is reported when the internal temperature of the solar controller is too high.

Parameters

81 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The normal operation of the equipment is affected, and the solar array may fail to
provide any output power.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The ambient temperature is out of range.

The setting of the alarm threshold is improper.

The internal temperature of the solar controller is too high.

The cables of the temperature sensor are faulty.

The temperature sensor is faulty.

The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable
25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. (For the NodeB, skip this step and go to step 3.) Check the threshold setting for the solar controller
temperature alarm on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST PMU to query the threshold of the solar controller
temperature alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the
configuration planning.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3.

82 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD PMU to set the alarm threshold based on the
configuration planning.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the internal temperature of the solar controller on site.

a. Use a thermometer to measure whether the internal temperature of the solar controller
is higher than the threshold of the solar controller temperature alarm.
Y => The temperature is higher than the threshold. Go to sub-step b.
N => The temperature is not higher than the threshold. Go to step 4.

b. The heat dissipation inside the solar controller fails. If the ventilation loop is blocked,
remove the foreign objects and wait for 20 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable between the sensor and the monitoring device is functional
and the connection is correct.
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 5.
N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the temperature sensor on site.

a. Replace the sensor.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Replace the monitoring device on site.

a. Replace the monitoring device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.37 ALM-25719 CCU Topology and Configuration Mismatch


Description

83 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

This alarm is reported when the user-configured inter-CCU topology is inconsistent with the actual inter-CCU
topology.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major CCUs cannot share control information. Device monitoring may malfunction.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

Data configuration of a CCU is incorrect.

The inter-CCU cables are incorrectly connected.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the inter-CCU topology on the M2000:
25600 Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure
25601 Monitoring Device Hardware Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the configuration of inter-CCU topology on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST CCU to query the inter-CCU topology.
Check whether the configured networking mode and the port connection conform to the
site plan.
Y => The configuration conforms to the site plan. Go to step 3.
N => The configuration does not conform to the site plan. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD CCU to modify the inter-CCU topology.
Ensure that the configuration conforms to the site plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

84 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the inter-CCU topology on site.

a. Check whether the inter-CCU topology conforms to the site plan on site.
Y => The inter-CCU topology conforms to the site plan. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.
N => The inter-CCU topology does not conform to the site plan. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reconnect the inter-CCU cables. Ensure that the inter-CCU topology conforms to the
site plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.38 ALM-25720 Inter-CCU Port Connection Error


Description

An inter-CCU port can be an FE_L port type or an FE_R port type. Inter-CCU ports of the same type cannot be
connected, and a ring network is not allowed if inter-CCU ports are connected. This alarm is reported when
inter-CCU ports of the same type are connected, or a ring network is set up in the case of an inter-CCU port
connection.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Specific Problem Fault type (FE_L connected to FE_L, FE_R connected to FE_R, Ring network, Other
network)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major CCUs cannot share control information. Device monitoring may malfunction.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

Inter-CCU ports of the same type are connected.

A ring network is set up after inter-CCU ports are connected.


An inter-CCU port is connected to a non-inter-CCU port.

Procedure

1. Locate the cause of alarm on the M2000.

85 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm information.


If "Specific Problem" is "FE_L connected to FE_L" or "FE_R connected to FE_R", go to
step 2.
If "Specific Problem" is "Ring network", go to step 3.
If "Specific Problem" is "Other network", go to step 4.

2. Check for the connection of inter-CCU ports of the same type on site.

a. Based on alarm parameters, locate the faulty inter-CCU port and the connected cable.
Check whether the faulty inter-CCU port is connected to an inter-CCU port of the same
type.
Y => The inter-CCU port is connected to an inter-CCU port of the same type. Go to
substep b.
N => The inter-CCU port is connected to an inter-CCU port of a different type. Contact
Huawei Customer Service Center.

b. Reconnect the inter-CCU cables based on the engineering plan.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

3. Check for a ring topology of inter-CCU connection on site.

a. Based on alarm parameters, locate the faulty inter-CCU port and the connected cable.
Check whether a ring topology of inter-CCU connection exists on the inter-CCU port.
Y => A ring topology of inter-CCU connection exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => A ring topology of inter-CCU connection does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.
b. Reconnect the inter-CCU cables based on the engineering plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

4. Check for connection between an inter-CCU port and a non-inter-CCU port onsite.

a. Based on alarm parameters, locate the faulty inter-CCU port and the connected cable.
Check whether the faulty inter-CCU port is connected to a non-inter-CCU port.
Y => An inter-CCU port is connected to a non-inter-CCU port. Go to substep b.
N => An inter-CCU port is not connected to a non-inter-CCU port. Contact Huawei
Customer Service Center.

b. Reconnect the inter-CCU cables based on the engineering plan.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.39 ALM-25721 CCU-BBU Communication Failure


Description

In a multi-mode base station, this alarm is reported when communication fails between a CCU and a BBU that

86 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

does not control the CCU.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device

Subrack No. Subrack number of the monitoring device

Slot No. Slot number of the monitoring device

Port No. Port number, reserverd parameter

Radio Access Radio access technology (UMTS, GSM, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, UMB, TD-SCDMA,
Technology Unknown)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The status of monitoring devices becomes unknown.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The BBU is not powered on or fails to be detected.

The cable connections between the BBU and the monitoring device are incorrect.

The cable connections between the BBU and the monitoring device are loose, worn-out, or damaged.

The BBU is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty BBU on the M2000:
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26200 Board Hardware Fault
26204 Board Not In Position
26214 Board Powered Off
26216 Board Not Securely Installed
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the site configuration on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST CCU to check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot of the

87 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

BBU is consistent with the configuration plan.


Y => The information is consistent. Go to step 2.
N => The information is inconsistent. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command RMV PMU(PMU)/RMV TCU(TCU)/RMV EMU(EMU)/RMV
FMU(FMU) to remove the faulty monitoring device.
Run the MML command ADD PMU(PMU)/ADD TCU(TCU)/ADD EMU(EMU)/ADD
FMU(FMU) to add the monitoring device according to the configuration plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the BBU status on site.

a. Check whether the BBU is properly installed and powered on. When the power switch is
set to ON and the RUN LED is lighted, it indicates that the BBU is powered on.
Y => The BBU is properly installed and powered on. Go to step 4.
N => The BBU is not properly installed or not powered on. Go to sub-step b.
b. Install the required board properly into the BBU and power it on.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the cable connections of the monitoring device on site.

a. Check whether the cable connections are proper between the monitoring device and the
BBU based on the installation guide.
Y => The cable connections are proper. Go to sub-step c.
N => The cable connections are improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reconnect the cables between the monitoring device and the BBU.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

c. Check whether the cables between the monitoring device and the BBU are functional
and the connections are correct.
Y => The cables are functional and the connections are correct. Go to step 5.
N => The cables are loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to
sub-step d.

d. Reconnect or replace the cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the faulty part in the BBU on site.

a. Note: If there is only one UPEU configured in the BBU or there are two UPEUs
configured in the high-power-consumption BBU, replacing the UPEU interrupts all the
ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform the replacement in low-traffic

88 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

hours.
Replace the BBU environment interface unit on site.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

b. Note: Replacing the main control board interrupts all the ongoing services of the base
station. Therefore, perform this replacement in low-traffic hours. The base station
software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software
version must be ready for use in advance.
Replace the main control board on site.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.40 ALM-25800 E1/T1 Loss of Signal


Description

This alarm is reported when Loss of Signal (LOS) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Port number of the E1/T1

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the E1/T1 link are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated E1/T1 link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is incorrectly configured.


The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty.

The local device is faulty.


The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty.

The peer device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site.

89 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct.


Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.
b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable,
loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector.
Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3.
N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site.

a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional.


Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6.
N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6.

6. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site.

a. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the
transmission trunk.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check the peer device.

a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device.

90 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.41 ALM-25801 E1/T1 Alarm Indication Signal


Description

This alarm is reported when the all 1s signal (Alarm Indication Signal, abbreviated as AIS) is detected on the
E1/T1 RX port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Port number of the E1/T1

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the E1/T1 link are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated E1/T1 link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is incorrectly configured.

The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty.

The local device is faulty.


The peer device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct.


Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.
b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable,

91 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector.


Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3.
N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b.
b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site.

a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional.


Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6.
N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6.

6. Check the peer device.

a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.42 ALM-25802 E1/T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal


Description

The peer E1/T1 device sends Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) to the local E1/T1 device when the peer E1/T1
device cannot detect the frame synchronization signals correctly. This alarm is reported when Remote Alarm
Indication (RAI) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

92 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Port No. Port number of the E1/T1

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried on the E1/T1 link are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated E1/T1 link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is configured incorrectly.

The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty.

The local device is faulty.

The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty.

The peer device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct.


Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.
b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable,
loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector.
Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3.
N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b.
b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site.

a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional.


Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6.
N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site.

93 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6.

6. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional.


Y => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Go to step 7.
N => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the
transmission trunk.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check the peer device.

a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.43 ALM-25803 E1/T1 Loss of Frame Alignment


Description

This alarm is reported when Loss of Frame Alignment (LFA) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Port number of the E1/T1

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the E1/T1 link are disrupted.

94 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

System Actions

The system disables the associated E1/T1 link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is incorrectly configured.

The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty.

The local device is faulty.


The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty.

The peer device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct.


Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable,
loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector.
Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3.
N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site.

a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional.


Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6.
N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the faulty board on site.

95 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6.

6. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional.


Y => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Go to step 7.
N => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the
transmission trunk.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check the peer device.

a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.44 ALM-25804 E1/T1 Loss of Multiframe Alignment


Description

This alarm is reported when Loss of Multiframe Alignment (LMFA) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Port number of the E1/T1

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried on the E1/T1 link are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated E1/T1 link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is incorrectly configured.

The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty.

96 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The local device is faulty.

The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty.

The peer device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct.


Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable,
loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector.
Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3.
N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site.

a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional.


Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6.
N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6.

6. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional.

97 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Go to step 7.


N => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the
transmission trunk.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check the peer device.

a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.45 ALM-25805 E1/T1 Excessive Slip Frames


Description

This alarm is reported when the number of slip frames in one hour on the E1/T1 link exceeds the preset
threshold.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Port number of the E1/T1

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The quality of services carried on the E1/T1 link decreases. The ongoing services
may be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The local clock of the NE malfunctions.

The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect.


The E1/T1 grounding does not meet the grounding requirements.

The performance of the E1/T1 transmission link is poor.

Procedure

1. Check the local clock of the NE on the M2000.

98 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


26262 External Clock Reference Problem
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Then, wait for ten minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct.


Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 4.
N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the E1/T1 grounding on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 grounding meets the requirements.


Y => The E1/T1 grounding meets the requirements. Go to step 5.
N => The E1/T1 grounding does not meet the requirements. Go to sub-step b.
b. Ground the E1/T1 transmission cables properly and then wait for 15 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is functional. Check for the damaged cable,
loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector.
Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is functional. Go to step 6.
N => The E1/T1 transmission link malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

99 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

6. Check the local E1/T1 device on site.

a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional.


Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 8.
N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 7.

7. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 8.

8. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional.


Y => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Go to step 9.
N => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. Go to sub-step b.
b. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the
transmission trunk.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9.

9. Check the peer device.

a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.46 ALM-25806 E1/T1 Excessive Bit Error Rate


Description

This alarm is reported when the bit error rate (BER) on the E1/T1 link exceeds the preset threshold (1E-5 by
default, user-definable).

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Port number of the E1/T1

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

100 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The quality of services carried on the E1/T1 link decreases. The ongoing services
may be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The local clock of the NE malfunctions.


The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect.

The E1/T1 grounding does not meet the grounding requirements.

The performance of the E1/T1 transmission link is poor.

Procedure

1. Check the local clock of the NE on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


26262 External Clock Reference Problem
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Then, wait for 15 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local E1/T1 configuration is consistent with the peer E1/T1 configuration on the
M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP E1T1 to check whether the line code of the faulty E1/T1
is consistent with that of the peer E1/T1.
Y => The line code of the faulty E1/T1 is consistent with that of the peer E1/T1. Go to
step 3.
N => The line code of the faulty E1/T1 is inconsistent with that of the peer E1/T1. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET E1T1 to change the line code of the local E1/T1. Ensure
that the line code of the local E1/T1 is consistent with that of the peer E1/T1.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the E1/T1 grounding on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 grounding meets the requirements.


Y => The E1/T1 grounding meets the requirements. Go to step 4.
N => The E1/T1 grounding does not meet the requirements. Go to sub-step b.

b. Ground the E1/T1 transmission cables properly and then wait for 15 minutes.

101 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is functional. Check for the damaged cable,
loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector.
Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is functional. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.
N => The E1/T1 transmission link malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.47 ALM-25807 E1/T1 Loopback


Description

This alarm is reported when the user sets the local or remote loopback on the E1/T1 link through the MML
command, or when the E1/T1 physical loopback is performed.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Port number of the E1/T1

Loopback Type Loopback type (Remote Loopback, Local Loopback, Physical Loopback)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The E1/T1 link is unusable.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The user sets the local or remote loopback on the E1/T1 link.

The E1/T1 physical loopback is performed.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 loopback mode on the M2000.

a. Check the E1/T1 loopback mode according to the alarm detailed information.

102 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

If "Loopback Mode" is "Remote Loopback" or "Local Loopback", Go to step 2.


If "Loopback Mode" is "Physical Loopback", Go to step 3.

2. Cancel the E1/T1 loopback on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP E1T1 to check whether the faulty E1/T1 link is in remote
loopback or local loopback mode.
Y => The E1/T1 loopback mode is "Remote Loopback" or "Local Loopback". Go to
sub-step b.
N => The E1/T1 loopback mode is not "Remote Loopback" or "Local Loopback". Go to
step 3.

b. Run the MML command SET E1T1LOP to cancel the E1/T1 loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

3. Cancel the E1/T1 physical loopback on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 physical loopback exists.


Y => The E1/T1 physical loopback exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The E1/T1 physical loopback does not exist. Go to step 4.

b. Reconnect the E1/T1 cable to cancel the physical loopback.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

4. Cancel the remote loopback of the peer device.

a. Check whether the remote loopback exists on the peer device of the E1/T1 link.
Y => The remote loopback exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The remote loopback does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
b. Cancel the remote loopback of the peer device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.48 ALM-25820 Fractional ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation


Description

This alarm is reported when Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD) occurs on the Fractional ATM link.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

103 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Link No. Link number of the fractional ATM

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the Fractional ATM link are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated Fractional ATM link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is faulty.

The phase-locked loop of the receive clock is out of synchronization.

The configuration of the Fractional ATM link mismatches between the local end and the peer end.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 link and local clock on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the Fractional ATM link on
the M2000:
E1/T1-Correlated Alarms.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step c.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to sub-step b.

b. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


26262 External Clock Reference Problem
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step c.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

c. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the Fractional ATM link configuration on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST FRAATM to query the local Fractional ATM link
configuration.

b. Query the peer Fractional ATM link configuration. Check whether the local configuration
matches the peer configuration, including the number of occupied timeslots and timeslot
numbering.
Y => The local configuration matches the peer configuration. Go to step 3.
N => The local configuration does not match the peer configuration. Go to sub-step c.

c. Run the MML command RMV FRAATM,ADD FRAATM to change the local Fractional
ATM link configuration. Ensure that the local Fractional ATM link configuration matches
the peer configuration.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.

104 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.49 ALM-25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation


Description

This alarm is reported when Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD) occurs on the IMA/UNI link.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Link No. Link number of the IMA/UNI

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major In the case of the User Network Interface (UNI) link, the ongoing services carried on
the link are disrupted.
In the case of the Inverse Multiplexing over ATM (IMA) link, the bandwidth of the
relevant IMA link group is reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group,
the ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated IMA/UNI link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is faulty.


The configuration of the IMA link group/UNI link is incorrect.

The local IMA is faulty.


The peer IMA is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 link on the M2000.

a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA/UNI link on
the M2000:
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.

105 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the link type on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IMALNK and LST UNILNK to check the link type.
In the case of the IMA link, Go to step 3.
In the case of the UNI link, Go to step 7.

3. Check the configuration of the IMA link group on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IMAGRP to query the configuration of the local IMA link
group.

b. Query the configuration of the peer IMA link group. Check whether the local
configuration matches the peer configuration, including scramble mode, 16th timeslot
support, and IMA protocol version.
Y => The local configuration matches the peer configuration. Go to step 4.
N => The local configuration does not match the peer configuration. Go to sub-step c.

c. Run the MML command MOD IMAGRP to change the local IMA group configuration.
Ensure that the local IMA group configuration matches the peer.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the local IMA link on the M2000.

a. Perform the IMA link loopback.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

c. Reconfigure the IMA link.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

106 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check the peer IMA.

a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.


Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

7. Check the UNI link configuration on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST UNILNK to query the local UNI link configuration.

b. Query the configuration of the peer UNI link. Check whether the local configuration
matches the peer configuration, including the parameter of the 16th timeslot support.
Y => The local configuration matches the peer configuration. Go to step 8.
N => The local configuration does not match the peer configuration. Go to sub-step c.

c. Run the MML command RMV UNILNK,ADD UNILNK to change the local UNI link
configuration. Ensure that the local UNI link configuration matches the peer.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.50 ALM-25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame


Description

This alarm is reported when Loss of IMA Frame (LIF) occurs.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Link No. Link number of the IMA

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

107 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is
reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried
on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated IMA link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is faulty.

The configuration of the IMA link group is incorrect.

The local IMA is faulty.

The peer IMA is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 link on the M2000.

a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the
M2000:
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the configuration of the IMA link group on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IMAGRP to query the configuration of the local IMA link
group.

b. Query the configuration of the peer IMA link group. Check whether the local
configuration matches the peer configuration, including scramble mode and IMA
protocol version.
Y => The local configuration matches the peer configuration. Go to step 3.
N => The local configuration does not match the peer configuration. Go to sub-step c.

c. Run the MML command MOD IMAGRP to change the local IMA group configuration.
Ensure that the local IMA group configuration matches the peer.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the local IMA link on the M2000.

a. Perform the IMA link loopback.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

108 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

c. Reconfigure the IMA link.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.

a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.


Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.51 ALM-25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization


Description

This alarm is reported when Link Out of Delay Synchronization (LODS) occurs on the IMA link.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Link No. Link number of the IMA

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is
reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried
on the IMA group are disrupted.

109 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

System Actions

The system disables the associated IMA link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is faulty.

The local IMA link configuration is incorrect.

The local IMA is faulty.


The peer IMA is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the E1/T1 link on the M2000.

a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the
M2000:
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the local configuration on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP E1T1 to check whether the loopback is set for the E1/T1
link that bears the faulty IMA link. Note that the E1/T1 link number is the IMA link
number.
Y => The loopback is set for the E1/T1 link. Go to sub-step b.
N => The loopback is not set for the E1/T1 link. Go to step 3.

b. Run the MML command SET E1T1LOP to set NO LOOP for this link.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the local IMA link on the M2000.

a. Perform the IMA link loopback.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

c. Reconfigure the IMA link.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.

110 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.

a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.


Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.52 ALM-25825 IMA Link Remote Failure Indication


Description

The remote IMA module sends the Remote Failure Indicator (RFI) to the local IMA module when the remote IMA
module detects an error in the receive link, such as Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD), Loss of IMA Frame (LIF), or
Link Out of Delay Synchronization (LODS). This alarm is reported when the local IMA module receives the RFI
from the remote IMA module.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Link No. Link number of the IMA

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is
reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried
on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated IMA link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is faulty.

111 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The remote IMA link is faulty.

The local IMA is faulty.

The peer IMA is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the remote IMA link on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000:
E1/T1-Correlated Alarms
25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame
25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization
25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the local IMA link on the M2000.

a. Perform the IMA link loopback.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

c. Reconfigure the IMA link.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.

a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.


Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.

112 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.53 ALM-25826 IMA Link RX Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the received IMA parameters (symmetry mode, frame length, IMA ID, protocol
version, link number, and ICP offset) mismatch between the local and peer of the IMA link or when the received
IMA parameters are improper.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Link No. Link number of the IMA

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is
reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried
on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated IMA link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 cables bearing the IMA link are incorrectly connected.

Procedure

1. Check the connected E1/T1 cables on site.

a. Check whether the TX cable and RX cable of the E1/T1 link are short-circuited.
Y => The TX cable and RX cable of the E1/T1 link are short-circuited. Go to sub-step
b.
N => The TX cable and RX cable of the E1/T1 link are not short-circuited. Go to
sub-step c.

b. Adjust the E1/T1 connections properly. Ensure that the TX/RX of each E1/T1 cable is
correctly connected to the peer end.

c. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

113 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.54 ALM-25827 IMA Link TX Unusable at Far End


Description

This alarm is reported when the IMA TX link at the far end is unusable.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Link No. Link number of the IMA

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is
reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried
on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated IMA link.

Possible Causes

The IMA link at the far end is unusable.

Procedure

1. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.

a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.


Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.

b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.55 ALM-25828 IMA Link RX Unusable at Far End


Description

This alarm is reported when the IMA RX link at the far end is unusable.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

114 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Link No. Link number of the IMA

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is
reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried
on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated IMA link.

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link bearing the remote IMA RX link is faulty.

The remote IMA RX link is blocked.

The remote IMA link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the IMA link on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000:
E1/T1-Correlated Alarms
25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame
25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization
25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.

a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.


Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

115 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.56 ALM-25829 IMA Group Startup at Far End


Description

This alarm is reported when the IMA group at the far end is started.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. IMA group number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the IMA links of the IMA group and disables the IMA group.

Possible Causes

The IMA group at the far end is being started.

Procedure

1. Check the state of the peer IMA group.

a. Check whether the peer IMA group is being established.


Y => The peer IMA group is being established. Go to sub-step b.
N => The peer IMA group is already established. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.
b. Wait until the peer IMA group establishment is complete.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.57 ALM-25830 IMA Group Configuration Aborted


Description

This alarm is reported when the parameter settings of the local IMA group are inconsistent with the parameter
settings of the remote IMA group, or when some IMA links of the IMA group are looped in the case of the IMA
group reset.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

116 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. IMA group number

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Configuration Aborted, Link Deleted in the Group)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

If the cause of the alarm is "Link Deleted in the Group", the system deletes the looped IMA links in the IMA
group.

Possible Causes

The parameter settings of the local and peer IMA group are inconsistent.

There is at least one looped IMA link in the IMA group.

Procedure

1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000.

a. Check the cause of the alarm according to the alarm detailed information.
If "Specific Problem" is "Configuration Aborted", go to step 2.
If "Specific Problem" is "Link Deleted in the Group", go to step 5.

2. Check the parameter settings of the local and peer IMA group on the M2000.

a. Obtain the parameter settings of the peer IMA group.

b. Run the MML command LST IMAGRP to check the parameter settings of the local IMA
group.

c. Check whether the parameter settings of the local IMA group are consistent with those
of the peer IMA group, including scramble mode and IMA protocol version.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3.

3. (Skip this step and go to step 4 if the scramble mode at both ends is consistent) Change the
scramble mode on the M2000.

a. Perform the parameter negotiation on the scramble mode at both ends.

b. Run the MML command SET SCRAM to change the scramble mode of the IMA group.
Ensure that the scramble mode is consistent at both ends.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. (Skip this step and contact Huawei customer service center if the IMA protocol version at both ends
is consistent) Change the IMA protocol version on the M2000.

117 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Perform the parameter negotiation on the IMA protocol version at both ends.

b. Reconfigure the IMA group to change the IMA protocol version of the IMA group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

5. Check for the looped link in the IMA group on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP E1T1 to check whether the status of the port for the IMA
link is looped.
Y => The status of the port is looped. This indicates that an IMA link is looped. Go to
step 6.
N => The status of the port is not looped. This indicates that no IMA link is looped.
Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

6. Release the looped IMA link on the M2000.

a. Check the E1/T1 link bearing the IMA link. Release the looped IMA link.
b. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.58 ALM-25831 IMA Group Configuration Aborted at Far End


Description

This alarm is reported when the IMA group at the far end does not accept parameter settings of the local IMA
group.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. IMA group number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the IMA links of the IMA group and disables the IMA group.

Possible Causes

The parameter settings of the local and peer IMA group are inconsistent.

Procedure

118 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1. Check the parameter settings of the local and peer IMA group on the M2000.

a. Obtain the parameter settings of the peer IMA group.

b. Run the MML command LST IMAGRP to check the parameter settings of the local IMA
group.
c. Check whether the parameter settings of the local IMA group are consistent with those
of the peer IMA group, including scramble mode and IMA protocol version.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 2.

2. (Skip this step and go to step 3 if the scramble mode on both ends is consistent) Change the
scramble mode on the M2000.

a. Perform the parameter negotiation on the scramble mode at both ends.


b. Run the MML command SET SCRAM to change the scramble mode of the IMA group.
Ensure that the scramble mode is consistent at both ends.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. (Skip this step and contact Huawei customer service center if the IMA protocol version at both ends
is consistent) Change the IMA protocol version on the M2000.

a. Perform the parameter negotiation on the IMA protocol version at both ends.

b. Reconfigure the IMA group to change the IMA protocol version of the IMA group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.59 ALM-25832 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient


Description

This alarm is reported when the number of activated links in the IMA group is less than the required number in
the local IMA group for activation.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. IMA group number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.

119 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The IMA link is faulty.

The E1/T1 link is faulty.

The E1/T1 cable is connected incorrectly.

Procedure

1. Check the local IMA link on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000:
E1/T1-Correlated Alarms
25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame
25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization
25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. The E1/T1 cable may malfunction. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the E1/T1 cable is correctly connected.

a. Run the MML command STR E1T1OFFLTST on the M2000 to check whether the
offline test on the E1/T1 link bearing the associated IMA group can be successfully
started.
Y => The offline test can be successfully started. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.
N => The offline test cannot be started. Go to sub-step b.

b. Check the local and peer E1/T1 connections on site. Ensure that the RX (TX) end of the
local E1/T1 cable is connected to the TX (RX) end of the corresponding peer E1/T1
cable.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.60 ALM-25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End


Description

This alarm is reported when the number of activated links in the IMA group at the far end is less than the
required number of links in the IMA group at the far end for activation.

Parameters

120 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. IMA group number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The IMA link is faulty.

The E1/T1 link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000:
E1/T1-Correlated Alarms
25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame
25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization
25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. The E1/T1 cable malfunctions. Go to step 2.

2. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.

a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal.


Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.61 ALM-25834 IMA Group Blocked at Far End

121 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Description

This alarm is reported when the IMA group at the far end is blocked.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. IMA group number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the IMA links of the IMA group and disables the IMA group.

Possible Causes

The IMA group at the far end is blocked.

Procedure

1. Check the state of the peer IMA group.

a. Check whether the peer IMA group is blocked.


Y => The peer IMA group is blocked. Go to sub-step b.
N => The peer IMA group is not blocked. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

b. Unblock the peer IMA group.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.62 ALM-25835 NCP Fault


Description

The NodeB Control Port (NCP), which can be carried on the SCTP or SAAL link, consists of the active NCP and
the standby NCP. This alarm is reported when the bearing links for both the active and the standby NCPs are
faulty if the CP Switch Flag is set to ENABLE. And this alarm is reported when the current NCP bearing link is
faulty if the CP Switch Flag is set to DISABLE.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

NCP Port Type NCP port type (Master NCP, Slave NCP)

Master NCP State Master NCP state (Normal, Abnormal, Not Configured)

122 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Slave NCP State Slave NCP state (Normal, Abnormal, Not Configured)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The signaling link between the base station and the RNC is faulty. In this case, the
ongoing services are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the associated NCP link.

Possible Causes

The bearing links for both the active and the standby NCPs are faulty.

The PVC attributes of the SAAL link bearing the NCP are inconsistent with the PVC attributes on the
peer end.
The attribute settings of the SAAL link bearing the NCP are incorrect.

The IP route between the NE and the RNC is not configured for the SCTP link bearing the NCP.

The attribute settings of the SCTP link bearing the NCP are incorrect.

The board hardware is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the bearing link type on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the bearing link for the faulty NCP. Check
whether the SCTP link is configured.
Y => The SCTP link is configured. Go to step 2.
N => The SCTP link is not configured. Go to step 5.

2. Check the physical link bearing the SCTP on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to query the associated bearing link.

b. Check the link bearing the SCTP. Check for Ethernet-correlated alarms or
PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms on the link.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step c.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to sub-step d.

c. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.
d. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the IP route between the NE and
the RNC is configured for the link bearing the SCTP.
Y => The IP route is configured. Go to step 3.
N => The IP route is not configured. Go to sub-step e.

e. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.

123 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the SCTP link on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000:


25888 SCTP Link Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 4.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

4. Check the parameter settings of the SCTP link on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the number of the SCTP link bearing the
faulty NCP. Then, run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to query the parameter
settings of the associated link.
b. Check the parameter settings of the SCTP link bearing the faulty NCP, such as the local
IP address, local SCTP port number, peer IP address, and peer SCTP port number.
Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings.
Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 5.
N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step c.
c. Run the MML command RMV IUBCP to remove the faulty NCP.

d. Run the MML command MOD SCTPLNK to modify the configuration of the SCTP link
bearing the faulty NCP.

e. Run the MML command ADD IUBCP to rebuild the associated NCP.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the link bearing the SAAL on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the bearing link for the faulty NCP. Check
whether the SAAL link is configured.
Y => The SAAL link is configured. Go to sub-step b.
N => The SAAL link is not configured. Go to step 8.
b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the associated physical link bearing
the SAAL link.

c. Check the link (UNI/IMA/Fractional ATM/SDH/SONET) bearing the SAAL. Check for
Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the
link.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step d.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 6.

d. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.

124 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check the SAAL link on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000:


25840 SAAL Link Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 7.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

7. Check the PVC attributes and parameter settings of the SAAL link bearing the NCP.

a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the number of the SAAL link bearing the
NCP.
b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the attributes of the associated SAAL
link and the ATM link.

c. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings, including port
number, VPI, VCI, PVC bandwidth, and SAAL attributes.
Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 8.
N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step d.
d. Run the MML command RMV IUBCP and RMV SAALLNK to remove the NCP and the
associated SAAL link.
e. Run the MML command ADD SAALLNK and ADD IUBCP to rebuild the NCP link. The
PVC attributes of the SAAL link and the SAAL attributes should be consistent with those
on the peer end.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Reset the faulty board.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.63 ALM-25836 CCP Fault


Description

The Communication Control Port (CCP), which can be carried on the SCTP or SAAL link, consists of the active
CCP and the standby CCP. This alarm is reported when the bearing links for both the active and the standby
CCPs are faulty if the CP Switch Flag is set to ENABLE. And this alarm is reported when the current CCP
bearing link is faulty if the CP Switch Flag is set to DISABLE.

125 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

CCP Port No. CCP port number

CCP Port Type CCP port type (Master CCP, Slave CCP)

Master CCP State Master CCP state (Normal, Abnormal, Not Configured)

Slave CCP State Slave CCP state (Normal, Abnormal, Not Configured)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services over the CCP port are affected. In this case, the radio link
control (RLC) malfunctions on the CCP port.

System Actions

The system disables the associated CCP port.

Possible Causes

The bearing links for both the active and the standby CCPs are faulty.

The PVC attributes of the SAAL link bearing the CCP are inconsistent with the PVC attributes on the
peer end.

The attribute settings of the SAAL link bearing the CCP are incorrect.

The IP route between the NE and the RNC is not configured for the SCTP link bearing the CCP.

The attribute settings of the SCTP link bearing the CCP are incorrect.
The board hardware is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the physical link type of the bearing link on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the bearing link for the faulty CCP. Check
whether the SCTP link is configured.
Y => The SCTP link is configured. Go to step 2.
N => The SCTP link is not configured. Go to step 5.

2. Check the physical link type bearing the SCTP on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to query the associated link bearing the SCTP.
Check the link bearing the SCTP for Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPP-
correlated alarms on the link.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to sub-step c.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

126 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

c. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the IP route between the NE and
the RNC is configured for the link bearing the faulty CCP.
Y => The IP route is configured. Go to step 3.
N => The IP route is not configured. Go to sub-step d.

d. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the SCTP link on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000:


25888 SCTP Link Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 4.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

4. Check the parameter settings of the SCTP link on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the number of the SCTP link bearing the
faulty CCP. Then, run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to query the parameter
settings of the associated link.
b. Check the parameter settings of the SCTP link bearing the faulty CCP, such as the local
IP address, local SCTP port number, peer IP address, and peer SCTP port number.
Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings.
Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 5.
N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step c.
c. Run the MML command RMV IUBCP to remove the faulty CCP.

d. Run the MML command MOD SCTPLNK to modify the configuration of the SCTP link
bearing the faulty CCP.

e. Run the MML command ADD IUBCP to rebuild the associated CCP.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the physical link bearing the SAAL on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the bearing link for the faulty CCP. Check
whether the SAAL link is configured.
Y => The SAAL link is configured. Go to sub-step b.
N => The SAAL link is not configured. Go to step 8.

b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the associated physical link bearing
the SAAL link.

127 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

c. Check the link (UNI/IMA/Fractional ATM/SDH/SONET) bearing the SAAL link. Check for
Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the
physical link.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step d.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 6.

d. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check the SAAL link on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000:


25840 SAAL Link Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 7.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

7. Check the parameter settings of the SAAL link and the PVC bearing the CCP.

a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the number of the SAAL link bearing the
CCP.

b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the attributes of the associated SAAL
link and the ATM link. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer
settings, including port number, VPI, VCI, PVC bandwidth, and SAAL attributes.
Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 8.
N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step c.
c. Run the MML command RMV IUBCP and RMV SAALLNK to remove the CCP and the
associated SAAL link.
d. Run the MML command ADD SAALLNK and ADD IUBCP to rebuild the CCP link. The
PVC attributes of the SAAL link and the SAAL attributes should be consistent with those
on the peer end.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Reset the faulty board.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.64 ALM-25837 ALCAP Fault

128 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Description

This alarm is reported when the Access Link Control Application Part (ALCAP) signaling communication fails
because the transmission link bearing the ALCAP is faulty or because the ALCAP state is improper.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Node Type ALCAP node type (MASTER LOCAL, HUB, ADJNODE, SLAVE LOCAL)

Node No. ALCAP node number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The calling services fails and the base station cannot provide the services.

System Actions

The system disables the associated ALCAP link.

Possible Causes

The physical link bearing the ALCAP is faulty.

The PVC attributes of the link bearing the ALCAP are inconsistent with the PVC attributes on the
peer end.

The attribute settings of the SAAL link bearing the ALCAP are incorrect.

The board hardware is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the physical link bearing the SAAL on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST AAL2NODE to query the SAAL link bearing the faulty
ALCAP.

b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the associated physical link bearing
the SAAL link for the ALCAP.

c. Check the link (UNI/IMA/Fractional ATM/SDH/SONET) bearing the SAAL link. Check for
Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the
physical link.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step d.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
d. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the PVC attributes and parameter settings of the SAAL link bearing the ALCAP on the
M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST AAL2NODE to query the number of the SAAL link bearing
the ALCAP.

129 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the attributes of the associated SAAL
link and the ATM link. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer
settings, including port number, VPI, VCI, PVC bandwidth, and SAAL attributes.
Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 3.
N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step c.

c. Run the MML command RMV AAL2NODE and RMV SAALLNK to remove the ALCAP
and the associated SAAL link.

d. Run the MML command ADD SAALLNK and ADD AAL2NODE to rebuild the ALCAP
link. The PVC attributes of the SAAL link and the SAAL attributes should be consistent
with those on the peer end.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.65 ALM-25838 AAL2 Path Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the data transmission or reception on the ATM Adaptation Layer type 2 (AAL2)
Path is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

AAL2 Path No. AAL2 path number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The data transmission or reception on the AAL2 Path is faulty. In this case, some or
all the ongoing services carried on the NE using the AAL2 Path are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The upper-level NE resets.

The PVC configuration (VPI/VCI of the AAL2 Path) of the current-level NE is inconsistent with that of
the upper-level NE.

The activated physical link bearing the AAL2 Path is faulty.

The E1/T1 or optical connection between the NE and the RNC is faulty.

130 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The board on the NE side is faulty.

The board on the RNC side is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the upper-level NE on the M2000.

a. Check whether the current NE has an upper-level NE according to the network plan.
Y => The current NE has an upper-level NE. Go to sub-step b.
N => The current NE does not have an upper-level NE. Go to step 2.

b. Check whether the upper-level NE is reset.


Y => The upper-level NE is reset. Go to sub-step c.
N => The upper-level NE is not reset. Go to sub-step d.

c. Wait until the upper-level NE reset is complete and starts to operate normally.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d.
d. On the upper-level NE side, run the MML command LST TREELNKPVC to check
whether the PVC configuration (VPI/VCI of the AAL2 Path) of the current-level NE is
consistent with that of the upper-level NE.
Y => The PVC configuration is consistent. Go to step 2.
N => The PVC configuration is inconsistent. Go to sub-step e.

e. On the upper-level NE side, run the MML commands RMV TREELNKPVC and ADD
TREELNKPVC to remove and add the PVC configuration (VPI/VCI of the AAL2 Path)
according to the network plan. Ensure that the PVC configuration (VPI/VCI of the AAL2
Path) of the current-level NE is consistent with that of the upper-level NE.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the physical link bearing the AAL2 Path on the M2000.

a. On the M2000, check for E1/T1-correlated alarms, Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated


alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the physical link bearing the AAL2 Path.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3.

b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the handling suggestions associated with the
E1/T1, UNI, IMA, Fractional ATM, or SDH/SONET alarms.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the E1/T1 cables or optical fibers on site.

a. Check whether the E1/T1 cables or optical fibers are correctly connected to the peer
device. Check for incorrect connections between the local and peer device. Check for
crossed pair connections.

131 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The E1/T1 cables or optical fibers are correctly connected. Go to step 4.
N => The E1/T1 cables or optical fibers are incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b.
b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables or optical fibers properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check that the AAL2 Path is activated on the peer device.

a. Check whether the AAL2 Path is activated on the peer device.


Y => The AAL2 Path is activated. Go to step 6.
N => The AAL2 Path is not activated. Go to sub-step b.
b. Activate the AAL2 Path on the peer device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Reset the peer board on the AAL2 Path.

a. Reset the peer board on the AAL2 Path.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.66 ALM-25840 SAAL Link Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer (SAAL) link is unusable.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

SAAL Link No. SAAL link number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the base station are disrupted.

System Actions

None

132 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Possible Causes

The physical link bearing the SAAL link is faulty.

The SAAL link configuration on the local device is inconsistent with that on the peer device.

The Ethernet cables are not connected properly.

Procedure

1. Check the physical link bearing the SAAL on the M2000.

a. On the M2000, check for E1/T1-correlated alarms, Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated


alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the physical link bearing the SAAL link.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the parameter settings of the SAAL link on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the attributes of the associated SAAL
link and the ATM link. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer
settings, including port number, VPI, VCI, PVC bandwidth, and SAAL attributes.
Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 3.
N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command RMV SAALLNK to remove the associated SAAL link.

c. Run the MML command ADD SAALLNK to rebuild the SAAL link. The PVC attributes of
the SAAL link and the SAAL attributes should be consistent with those on the peer end.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Verify the Ethernet cable connections between devices.

a. Contact engineers responsible for the bearer network to veriy the Ethernet cable
connections between devices in the bearer network, check whether the connections are
consistent with the configurations.
Y => The Ethernet cable connections are consistent with the configurations. Go to step
4.
N => The Ethernet cable connections are inconsistent with the configurations. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Contact engineers responsible for the bearer network to reconnect the Ethernet cables.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

133 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.

b. Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.67 ALM-25841 SAAL Link Congestion


Description

This alarm is reported when the data transmitted on the SAAL link is discarded because the data transmission
bandwidth exceeds the data bearing bandwidth of the SAAL link.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

SAAL Link No. SAAL link number

Bandwidth (bit/s) Transmit bandwidth

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The key information may be discarded due to insufficient bandwidth. In this case, the
services are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The SAAL bandwidth is insufficient.

Procedure

1. Check the alarm information on the M2000 to learn the actual SAAL link bandwidth.

a. Consult the network planners. If necessary, reconfigure the bandwidth based on service
requirements.

b. Add the SAAL bandwidth according to the new network plan.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.68 ALM-25860 PPP/MLPPP Link Fault

134 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Description

This alarm is reported when the PPP/MLPPP link status is changed from UP to DOWN.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

PPP/MLPPP Link No. PPP/MLPPP link number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major When the status of the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) link is DOWN, the services
carried on the PPP link are disrupted.
When the status of the Multi-Link Point-to-Point Protocol (MLPPP) link is DOWN, the
bandwidth of the MLPPP group is decreased.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is faulty.

The parameter settings at both ends of the PPP/MLPPP link are inconsistent.

Procedure

1. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the PPP/MLPPP
link on the M2000.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the parameter settings at both ends of the PPP/MLPPP link on the M2000.

a. Check the parameter settings of the peer PPP/MLPPP link.


b. Run the MML command LST PPPLNK/LST MPLNK to check the parameter settings of
the local PPP/MLPPP link.

c. Check whether the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter
settings. (In the case of the PPP link, check the following parameters: local IP address,
peer IP address, timeslot number, authentication type, user name, and password. In

135 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

the case of the MLPPP link, check the timeslot number.)


Y => The parameter settings at both ends of the PPP/MLPPP link are consistent. Go to
step 4.
N => The parameter settings at both ends of the PPP/MLPPP link are inconsistent. Go
to step 3.

3. Reconfigure the PPP/MLPPP link on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RMV PPPLNK/RMV MPLNK to remove the PPP/MLPPP link.

b. Run the MML command ADD PPPLNK/ADD MPLNK to add the PPP/MLPPP link.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the status of the negotiation on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST PPPLNK,RMV MPLNK,ADD MPLNK to reset the PPP
link or reconfigure the MLPPP link.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.69 ALM-25861 MLPPP Group Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the MLPPP group status is changed from UP to DOWN.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. MLPPP group number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The services carried on the MLPPP group are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The E1/T1 link is faulty.

The parameter settings on the two ends of the MLPPP group are inconsistent.

All the links in the MLPPP group are faulty.

136 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Procedure

1. Check for the alarms related to the E1/T1 on the M2000.

a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the MLPPP group
on the M2000.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the consistency of the parameter settings at both ends of the MLPPP group on the M2000.

a. Check the parameter settings of the peer MLPPP group.

b. Run the MML command LST MPGRP to check the parameter settings of the local
MLPPP group.
c. Check whether the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter
settings of the MLPPP group. The parameters are local IP address, peer IP address,
authentication type, user name, and password.
Y => The parameter settings at both ends of the MLPPP group are consistent. Go to
step 3.
N => The parameter settings at both ends of the MLPPP group are inconsistent. Go to
sub-step d.

d. Run the MML command RMV MPGRP,ADD MPGRP to set the parameters related to
the MLPPP group correctly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the MPlink in the MLPPP group on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST MPLNK to query the MPlink in the MLPPP group.
Y => The MPlink exists. Go to step 4.
N => The MPlink does not exist. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command ADD MPLNK to add the MPlink in the MLPPP group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the status of the negotiation on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST MPGRP to reset the MLPPP group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

137 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.70 ALM-25862 MLPPP Group Excessive Packet Loss Rate


Description

This alarm is reported when the packet loss rate of the MLPPP group exceeds the preset threshold (100 permil
by default, user-definable).

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. MLPPP group number

Packet Loss Rate (per mill) Packet loss rate of the MLPPP group

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The services carried by the MLPPP group may be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The setting of the threshold is improper.

The quality of the E1/T1 transmission is so poor that the transmission delay of MLPPP links in the
MLPPP group differs greatly from each other.

Procedure

1. Check the packet loss rate threshold on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST MPGRP to query the packet loss rate threshold of the
MLPPP group. Check whether the threshold is proper according to the configuration
plan.
Y=> The threshold is proper. Go to step 2.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command RMV MPGRP,ADD MPGRP to reconfigure the packet loss rate
threshold of the MLPPP group.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the M2000.

a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the M2000.


Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.

138 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.71 ALM-25863 PPP Link Excessive Frame Error Rate


Description

This alarm is reported when the Frame Error Rate (FER) of the PPP link exceeds the threshold (10 permil by
default, user-definable).

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Link No. PPP Link number

Current FER(per mill) Current frame error rate

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried on the PPP link may be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The preset threshold is improper.

The E1/T1 transmission performance is poor.

Procedure

1. Check the FER threshold on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST PPPLNK to query the FER threshold of the PPP link.
Check whether the FER threshold is proper according to the configuration plan.
Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 2.
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command RMV PPPLNK,ADD PPPLNK to modify the FER threshold of
the PPP link.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

139 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

2. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the M2000.


Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.72 ALM-25879 Ethernet Port Broadcast Packets Exceeding Alarm


Description

This alarm is reported when the average number of broadcast packets received on the Ethernet port per second
reaches the alarm threshold within a detection period.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Ethernet port number

Receive Bc. Packets Average number of broadcast Packets received in a second among the 30 seconds
Per Sec. before the alarm is generated

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The quality of services carried on the Ethernet port deteriorates. In serious cases,
the ongoing services may be interrupted.

System Actions

None.

Possible Causes

The alarm threshold is not set properly.


Network loop exists on the network, the network adapter is faulty, or cables are not connected
properly.

Some programs or protocols that may generate broadcast packets exist on the network, such as
hackers or viruses.

Procedure

1. Check the alarm threshold on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check whether the Ethernet
port is configured properly.

140 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y=>The Ethernet port is configured properly. Go to step 2.


N=>The Ethernet port is not configured properly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to reset the alarm threshold.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the operating status of the peer device.

a. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the peer device to check whether the
peer device or port works properly.
Y=>The peer device or port works properly. Go to step 3.
N=>The peer device or port does not work properly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the peer device to rectify faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the network loop.

a. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the transmission device to check the
intermediate transmission device.
Y=>Network loop exists on the transmission path. Go to sub-step b.
N=>No network loop exists on the transmission path. Go to step 4.
b. Identify and rectify loop faults based on the network topology.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the programs or protocols that may generate broadcast packets.

a. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the transmission device to check


whether the network experiences attacks from viruses or hackers, such as Address
Resolution Protocol (ARP) or Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packets, port
scanning, or error packets.
Y=>The network experiences attacks from viruses or hackers. Go to sub-step b.
N=>The network does not experience attacks from viruses or hackers. Contact Huawei
Customer Service Center.

b. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the transmission device to remove


viruses or isolate the network.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.73 ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault


Description

141 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

This alarm is reported when the Ethernet link is disconnected.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Ethernet port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the Ethernet link are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are inconsistent with those of the peer Ethernet
port.

The Ethernet transmission link is faulty.

The local Ethernet is faulty.

The peer Ethernet is faulty.

Procedure

1. Remotely check the settings of the local and the peer Ethernet ports.

a. Check the parameter settings of the peer Ethernet port.

b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the parameter
settings of the local Ethernet port.

c. Check whether the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with
those of the peer Ethernet port, including port attribute, maximum transfer unit, port
speed, and duplex mode.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 4.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d.

d. Check whether the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the
network plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 2.
e. Check whether the parameter settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the
network plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 4.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3.

2. Set the local Ethernet parameters on the M2000.

142 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML
command SET ETHPORT to modify the Ethernet port parameters, such as port
attribute, maximum transfer unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the
parameter settings are consistent on the local end and peer end.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

3. Set the peer Ethernet parameters.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the peer
Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure
that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the local Ethernet port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the Ethernet cable connected to the local Ethernet port on site.

a. Check whether the LED on the Ethernet port is blinking normally.


Y=> The LED is blinking normally. Go to step 6.
N => The LED is not blinking normally. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the Ethernet cable.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check the peer Ethernet.

a. Check whether the peer Ethernet is functional.


Y => The peer Ethernet is functional. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer Ethernet malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault on the peer Ethernet.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.74 ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate


Description

This alarm is reported when the Frame Error Rate (FER) at the MAC layer on the Ethernet port exceeds the
preset threshold (10 permil by default, user-definable).

143 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Ethernet port number

Current FER(per mill) Current frame error rate

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The transmission quality of the Ethernet link decreases. The ongoing services may
even be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are inconsistent with those of the peer Ethernet
port.

The transmission performance of the Ethernet cable may be poor.

Procedure

1. Remotely check the settings of the local and the peer Ethernet ports.

a. Check the parameter settings of the peer Ethernet port.

b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the parameter
settings of the local Ethernet port.

c. Check whether the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with
those of the peer Ethernet port, including port attribute, maximum transfer unit, port
speed, and duplex mode.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 4.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d.

d. Check whether the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the
network plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 2.

e. Check whether the parameter settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the
network plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 4.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3.

2. Set the local Ethernet parameters on the M2000.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML

144 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

command SET ETHPORT to modify the Ethernet port parameters, such as port
attribute, maximum transfer unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the
parameter settings are consistent on the local end and peer end.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

3. Set the peer Ethernet parameters.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the peer
Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure
that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the local Ethernet port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the FER threshold on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT to check whether the parameter "MAC Frame
Error Rate Occur Threshold" for the Ethernet port is set properly.
Y => The packet loss threshold is proper. Go to step 6.
N => The packet loss threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to change the setting of the parameter "MAC
Frame Error Rate Occur Threshold" for the Ethernet port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check the Ethernet cable connected to the local Ethernet port on site.

a. Check whether the LED on the Ethernet port is blinking normally.


Y => The LED is blinking normally. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The LED is not blinking normally. Go to sub-step b.
b. Replace the Ethernet cable.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.75 ALM-25882 ETHOAM 3AH Discovery Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the IEEE 802.3ah standard cannot be applied to the Ethernet port for

145 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

implementation of Ethernet Operation, Administration and Management (OAM).

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Ethernet port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The OAM monitoring for the Ethernet link fails.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The settings of the local Ethernet port are incorrect.

The settings of the peer Ethernet port are incorrect.

The Ethernet link is faulty.

The ETHOAM 3AH settings are inconsistent with the network plan.

The working modes of ETHOAM 3AH at both the local end and the peer end are set to PASSIVE.

The peer device does not support the IEEE 802.3ah standard.

Procedure

1. Check for the alarms correlated to the Ethernet on the M2000.

a. On the M2000, check for the correlated alarm on the Ethernet port:
Ethernet-Correlated Alarms
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9.

2. Check the status of the Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP ETHPORT to check whether the status of the Ethernet
port bearing ETHOAM 3AH is activated.
Y => The status of the Ethernet port is activated. Go to step 9.
N => The status of the Ethernet port is not activated. Go to step 3.

3. Check the settings of the local Ethernet port and the peer Ethernet port on the M2000.

146 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check the settings of the peer Ethernet port.

b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the settings of the
local Ethernet port.
c. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the
peer Ethernet port. The related parameters are port attribute, maximum transmission
unit, port speed, and duplex mode.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 6.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d.
d. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network
plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 4.

e. Check whether the settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network
plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 6.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 5.

4. Change the settings of the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML
command SET ETHPORT to change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission
unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are
consistent with the peer parameter settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

5. Change the settings of the peer Ethernet port.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the Ethernet
port attribute, maximum transmission unit, port speed, and duplex mode of the peer
end. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter
settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the local Ethernet port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check the Ethernet cables connected to the Ethernet port on site.

a. Check whether the LEDs are running properly on the Ethernet port.
Y => The LEDs are running properly. Go to step 8.
N => The LEDs are running improperly. Go to sub-step b.

147 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Replace the Ethernet cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check the peer Ethernet.

a. Check whether the peer Ethernet works properly.


Y => The peer Ethernet works properly. Go to step 9.
N => The peer Ethernet works improperly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Rectify the fault of the peer Ethernet.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9.

9. Check the ETHOAM 3AH settings based on the network plan.

a. Run the MML command LST ETHOAM3AH to check whether the ETHOAM 3AH
settings are consistent with the network plan.
Y => The ETHOAM 3AH settings are consistent with the network plan. Go to step 10.
N => The ETHOAM 3AH settings are inconsistent with the network plan. Go to sub-step
b.

b. Run the MML command DEA ETHOAM3AH,ACT ETHOAM3AH to change the


ETHOAM 3AH settings. Ensure that the ETHOAM 3AH settings are consistent with the
network plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 10.

10. Check the working modes of ETHOAM 3AH at the local end and the peer end on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST ETHOAM3AH to check whether the working mode of
ETHOAM 3AH is set to ACTIVE.
Y => The working mode is set to ACTIVE. Go to step 11.
N => The working mode is set to PASSIVE. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the engineer at the peer end to check whether the working mode of ETHOAM
3AH is set to ACTIVE.
Y => The working mode is set to ACTIVE. Go to step 11.
N => The working mode is set to PASSIVE. Go to sub-step c.

c. Run the MML command DEA ETHOAM3AH,ACT ETHOAM3AH to change the working
mode of ETHOAM 3AH to ACTIVE at the local end.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 11.

11. Check that the peer device supports the IEEE 802.3ah standard.

a. Check whether the peer device supports the IEEE 802.3ah standard.

148 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The peer device supports the IEEE 802.3ah standard. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.
N => The peer device does not support the IEEE 802.3ah standard. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command DEA ETHOAM3AH to deactivate the local IEEE 802.3ah
detection function.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.76 ALM-25883 ETHOAM 3AH Local Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the base station detects a faulty Ethernet port.
This alarm is not used any more. The alarm information, however, is reserved in the alarm reference and
northbound interface data to keep compatibility with the northbound interface.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Ethernet port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried over the Ethernet port deteriorate. The services may
even be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The settings of the local Ethernet port are incorrect.


The settings of the peer Ethernet port are incorrect.

The Ethernet link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the status of the Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP ETHPORT to check whether the status of the Ethernet
port bearing the OAM3AH is activated.
Y => The status of the Ethernet port is activated. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.
N => The status of the Ethernet port is not activated. Go to step 2.

149 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

2. Check the settings of the local Ethernet port and the peer Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Check the settings of the peer Ethernet port.

b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the settings of the
local Ethernet port.
c. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the
peer Ethernet port. The related parameters are Port Attribute, Maximum Transmission
Unit, Speed, and Duplex.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d.
d. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network
plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3.

e. Check whether the settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network
plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 4.

3. Change the settings of the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML
command SET ETHPORT to change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission
unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent
with the peer parameter settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

4. Change the settings of the peer Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the Ethernet
port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode of the peer end.
Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter
settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the Ethernet port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check the Ethernet cables connected to the Ethernet port on site.

a. Check whether the RUN LED is running properly on the Ethernet port.
Y => The RUN LED is running properly. Go to step 7.

150 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The RUN LED is running improperly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the Ethernet cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check the peer Ethernet.

a. Check whether the peer Ethernet works properly.


Y => The peer Ethernet works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer Ethernet works improperly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Rectify the fault of the peer Ethernet.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.77 ALM-25884 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the base station is informed that the peer Ethernet port is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Ethernet port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The ongoing services carried over the Ethernet port deteriorate. The services may
even be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The settings of the local Ethernet port are incorrect.

The settings of the peer Ethernet port are incorrect.

The Ethernet link is faulty.

The peer device is faulty.

Procedure

151 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1. Check the status of the Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP ETHPORT to check whether the status of the Ethernet
port bearing the OAM3AH is activated.
Y => The status of the Ethernet port is activated. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.
N => The status of the Ethernet port is not activated. Go to step 2.

2. Check the settings of the local Ethernet port and the peer Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Check the settings of the peer Ethernet port.


b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the settings of the
local Ethernet port.

c. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the
peer Ethernet port. The related parameters are Port Attribute, Maximum Transmission
Unit, Speed, and Duplex.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d.

d. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network
plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3.
e. Check whether the settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network
plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 4.

3. Change the settings of the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML
command SET ETHPORT to change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission
unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent
with the peer parameter settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

4. Change the settings of the peer Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the Ethernet
port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode of the peer end.
Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter
settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the Ethernet port.

152 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check the Ethernet cables connected to the Ethernet port on site.

a. Check whether the RUN LED is running properly on the Ethernet port.
Y => The RUN LED is running properly. Go to step 7.
N => The RUN LED is running improperly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the Ethernet cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check the peer Ethernet.

a. Check whether the peer Ethernet works properly.


Y => The peer Ethernet works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer Ethernet works improperly. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault of the peer Ethernet.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.78 ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict


Description

This alarm is reported when the IP address of the device conflicts with the IP address of an external device.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

IP Address IP address

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Interface Type Interface type (PPP, PPPOE, MP, ETHERNET, TRUNK, LOOPINTF)

Interface No. Interface number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The services over the conflicting IP address of the device are disrupted.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the conflicting IP address of the device.

153 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Possible Causes

The IP address of the device is incorrectly configured.

The IP address of the external device is incorrectly configured.

Procedure

1. Check the configuration of the conflicting IP address of the device on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST DEVIP/DSP DEVIP to query the configuration of the
conflicting IP address of the device. Then, check whether the configured IP address is
correct according to the configuration plan.
Y => The configured IP address is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The configured IP address is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command RMV DEVIP/RMV OMCH to delete the conflicting IP address.

c. Run the MML command ADD DEVIP to add a correct IP address according to the
configuration plan of the IP addresses.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the configuration of the IP address of the external device.

a. Check whether the configured IP address of the external device is correct.


Y => The configured IP address is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The configured IP address is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the external device to change the
conflicting IP address.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.79 ALM-25886 IP Path Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when it is detected that the IP path cannot communicate with the peer devices.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

IP Path No. IP path number

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Description Peer description information

Impact on the System

154 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The services carried on the IP path cannot be normally processed.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the faulty IP path.

Possible Causes

The link bearing the IP path is faulty.


The peer route of the IP path is not configured.

The Ping detection is enabled on the IP path, but the route of the bearing network is incorrectly
configured, or the Ping message is blocked by the bearing network.

The hardware of the board carrying the IP path is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the corresponding bearing link on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IPPATH to query the corresponding link bearing the faulty
IP path.

b. Check for the Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms of the link


bearing the faulty IP path on the M2000.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step c.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

c. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the route on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the IP route to the peer devices is
configured for the corresponding link bearing the faulty IP path.
Y => The IP route to the peer devices is configured. Go to step 3.
N => The IP route to the peer devices is configured. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add the IP route to the peer devices for the
corresponding link.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the configuration of the bearing network.

a. Contact the administrator of the bearing network to check whether the route of the
bearing network is correctly configured and the Ping message is not blocked.
Y => The route of the bearing network is correctly configured. Go to step 4.
N => The route of the bearing network is incorrectly configured. Go to sub-step b.
b. Contact the engineers responsible for network administration to correct the network

155 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

configuration.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.80 ALM-25887 Ethernet Trunk Link Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the system detects that the Ethernet trunk link is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. Group number of the trunk link

Link No. Link number in the trunk group

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The Ethernet trunk link cannot bear the services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The settings of the local Ethernet port are incorrect.


The settings of the peer Ethernet port are incorrect.

The Ethernet link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the status of the Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP ETHPORT to check whether the status of the Ethernet
port bearing the trunk link is activated.
Y => The status of the Ethernet port is activated. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.

156 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The status of the Ethernet port is not activated. Go to step 2.

2. Remotely check the settings of the local and the peer Ethernet ports.

a. Check the settings of the peer Ethernet port.

b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the settings of the
local Ethernet port.

c. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the
peer Ethernet port. The related parameters are Port Attribute, Maximum Transmission
Unit, Speed, and Duplex.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d.
d. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network
plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3.

e. Check whether the settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network
plan.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 4.

3. Change the settings of the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RMV ETHTRKLNK to remove the Ethernet trunk sublink.

b. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML
command SET ETHPORT to change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission
unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent
with the peer parameter settings.

c. Run the MML command ADD ETHTRKLNK to add the Ethernet trunk sublink.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

4. Remotely change the settings of the peer Ethernet port.

a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the Ethernet
port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode of the peer end.
Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter
settings.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the Ethernet port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

157 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

6. Check the Ethernet cables connected to the Ethernet port on site.

a. Check whether the LEDs are running properly on the Ethernet port.
Y => The LEDs are running properly. Go to step 7.
N => The LEDs are running improperly. Go to sub-step b.
b. Replace the Ethernet cables.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check the peer Ethernet network.

a. Check whether the peer Ethernet network works properly.


Y => The peer Ethernet network works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.
N => The peer Ethernet network works improperly. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault on the peer Ethernet network.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.81 ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the base station detects that the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) link
cannot process services.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

SCTP Link No. SCTP link number

Description Peer description information

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The SCTP link cannot process signaling.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The link bearing the SCTP is faulty.

The parameter settings of the local device are inconsistent with those of the peer device.
The route to the peer devices is unreachable.

The Ethernet cables are not connected properly.

158 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The peer device is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the alarms correlated to the bearing link on the M2000.

a. Check for Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms on the


(ETH/PPP/MLPPP) link bearing the SCTPLNK on the M2000.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the parameter settings on both ends of the SCTP link on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to check whether the configuration parameters
of the local SCTP link are consistent with the configuration plan (such as the local IP
address, local SCTP port No., peer IP address, and peer SCTP port No.).
Y=> The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 3.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD SCTPLNK to modify the incorrect configuration
parameters.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the IP route on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the IP route to the peer device is
configured for the link bearing the faulty SCTP.
Y => The IP route to the peer device is configured. Go to step 4.
N => The IP route to the peer device is not configured. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route to the peer device for the link
bearing the SCTP.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the configuration of the bearing network.

a. Consult the engineers responsible for the bearing network. Check whether the route
settings of the bearing network are correct, and the Ping messages are not blocked.
Y => The configuration of the bearing network is correct. Go to step 5.
N => The configuration of the bearing network is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the engineers responsible for the bearing network to modify the network
configuration.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.

159 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Verify the Ethernet cable connections between devices.

a. Contact engineers responsible for the bearer network to veriy the Ethernet cable
connections between devices in the bearer network, check whether the connections are
consistent with the configurations.
Y => The Ethernet cable connections are consistent with the configurations. Go to step
6.
N => The Ethernet cable connections are inconsistent with the configurations. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Contact engineers responsible for the bearer network to reconnect the Ethernet cables.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check the peer device.

a. Check whether the peer device works properly.


Y => The peer device works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer device does not work properly. Go to sub-step b.
b. Rectify the fault of the peer device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.82 ALM-25889 SCTP Link Congestion


Description

This alarm is reported when the SCTP sending buffer is occupied by a large number of data that requires to be
retransmitted and the occupancy rate of the data to the buffer reaches the congestion triggering threshold.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

SCTP Link No. SCTP link number

Current transmit buffer usage (%) Current Sending Buffer Usage

Congestion Triggering Threshold (%) Triggering threshold of congestion

Congestion Clearance Threshold (%) Clearance threshold of congestion

Description Peer description information

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The services are disrupted because the data cannot be transmitted due to
insufficient space of the sending buffer.

160 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The data of the receiving buffer is not processed by the peer device in time. Therefore, the available
space of the receiving buffer is insufficient, which leads to the failure of receiving the data. As a
result, a large number of data that requires to be retransmitted exists in the sending buffer at the
local end, and then the congestion occurs.

When the packet loss occurs in the lower-layer link, a great number of data waits for retransmitting in
the sending buffer, which leads to the congestion.

The lower-layer link is instantaneously intermittent due to the reset of the FE port or PPP, or other
causes. The SCTP does not process the data congested in the sending buffer in a timely manner
during the link intermittence but retransmits the old data in the sending buffer. Subsequently, the new
data is placed in the sending buffer, which leads to the congestion.

Procedure

1. Check for the alarms correlated to the bearing link on the M2000.

a. Check for Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms on the


(ETH/PPP/MLPPP) link bearing the SCTPLNK on the M2000.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reset the faulty board.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.83 ALM-25891 IKE Negotiation Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the base station detects the failure of the Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiation
with the peer device.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Peer Name IKE Peer Name

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

161 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The system cannot perform bearer services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The Ethernet link is faulty.

The parameters configured for the local device are inconsistent with the parameters configured for
the peer device.

The certificate is invalid.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm of the Ethernet port on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the Ethernet port on the M2000:
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
26832 Peer Certificate Expiry
26841 Certificate Invalid
26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the local configuration parameters on the M2000.

a. Run the MML commands LST IKEPEER and LST IKEPROPOSAL to check whether all
the configuration parameters of the IKE Peer and all the configuration parameters of the
IKE security association are consistent with those of the configuration plan.
Y=> The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 3.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step b.

b. Run the MML commands MOD IKEPEER and MOD IKEPROPOSAL to modify the IKE
configuration parameters that are inconsistent with those of the configuration plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the peer device.

a. Check whether the peer device works properly.


Y => The peer device works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer device does not work properly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Rectify the fault of the peer device.

162 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.84 ALM-25894 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Loopback


Description

This alarm is reported when the ETHOAM 3AH remote loopback occurs with the cooperation of the local end.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Port No. Ethernet port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The Ethernet port cannot carry any service.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The ETHOAM 3AH remote loopback test is initiated at the peer end.

Procedure

1. Check whether the ETHOAM 3AH remote loopback test is in progress with the cooperation of the
local end on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP ETHOAM3AH to check whether the ETHOAM 3AH
remote loopback test is in progress with the cooperation of the local end.
Y => The remote loopback test is in progress with the cooperation of the local end. Go
to sub-step b.
N => The remote loopback test is not in progress with the cooperation of the local end.
Go to step 2.

b. Wait till the test is complete.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

2. Stop the ETHOAM 3AH loopback test at the peer end.

a. Request the peer engineers to stop the ETHOAM 3AH loopback test.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.

163 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Disable the remote loopback test at the peer end.

a. Run the MML command DEA ETHOAM3AH,ACT ETHOAM3AH, set the Loopback Flag
to DISABLE so that the remote loopback function is disabled.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.85 ALM-25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the system detects that the Ethernet trunk group is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Group No. Group number of the trunk link

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The service over the trunk port cannot be processed.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The FE/GE port configured as the port in the local trunk group is faulty.

The FE/GE port configured as the port in the peer trunk group is faulty.
The ports in the local trunk group and those in the peer trunk group are incorrectly connected.

The configuration parameters of the trunk group on the local end are inconsistent with those on the
peer end.

Procedure

1. Check for the alarm correlated with the local Ethernet on the M2000.

a. Check whether the correlated alarm of the ports in the Ethernet trunk group exists on
the M2000.
25887 Ethernet Trunk Link Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

164 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check for the correlated alarms of the peer Ethernet.

a. Check whether the correlated alarm of the ports in the trunk group of the peer Ethernet
exists.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3.

b. Rectify the fault in the ports in the trunk group of the peer Ethernet.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the ports in the trunk group of the local Ethernet are correctly connected to those of the
peer Ethernet.

a. Run the MML command LST ETHTRK to obtain the port number of the local trunk
group. Then, contact the maintenance engineers of the peer devices to obtain the port
number of the peer trunk group.

b. Check whether the ports in the trunk group of the local Ethernet are correctly connected
to those of the peer Ethernet.
Y=> The ports are correctly connected. Go to step 5.
N => The ports are incorrectly connected. Go to step 4.

4. Reconnect the ports in the trunk group of the local Ethernet to the ports in the trunk group of the
peer Ethernet.

a. Connect the ports correctly. For example, it is queried that the GE/FE ports 0 and 1 at
both ends are in the Ethernet trunk group but port 0 at the local end is connected to
port 2 at the peer end. In this case, reconnect port 0 at the local end to port 0 or port 1
at the peer end.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check that the Ethernet trunk group configuration at both ends is consistent.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers of the peer devices to obtain the configuration of
the trunk group and its ports of the peer Ethernet.
Run the MML command LST ETHTRK to query the configuration of trunk group of the
local Ethernet.

b. Check whether the configuration of the Ethernet trunk group at both ends is consistent.
(Specifically, check the related parameters "Trunk Type" and "ArpProxy", and check the
number of members in the trunk group and the Ethernet ports.)
Y => The configuration of the Ethernet trunk group at both ends is consistent. Contact
Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The configuration of the Ethernet trunk group at both ends is inconsistent. Go to

165 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

step 6.

6. Modify the configuration of the trunk group of the local Ethernet.

a. Run the MML command MOD ETHTRK to reconfigure the parameters related to the
trunk group of the Ethernet.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

7. Modify the configuration of the trunk group of the peer Ethernet.

a. Reconfigure the parameters related to the trunk group of the peer Ethernet.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.86 ALM-25896 IP Remote Loopback


Description

This alarm is reported when the IP remote loopback is enabled on the interface board.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major After the IP remote loopback is enabled, the corresponding IP data packet is looped
back to the peer end, and thus the quality of services deteriorates.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding IP link.

Possible Causes

The IP remote loopback is enabled on the interface board.

Procedure

1. Cancel the loopback or wait for the loopback timeout.

a. Run the MML command SET UDPLOOP to set the loopback mode to "NOLOOP" to
disable the IP remote loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y=> The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

166 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.87 ALM-25897 IP Excessive Frame Error Rate


Description

This alarm is reported when the packet loss rate of the IP layer exceeds the alarm threshold of the IP layer.
This alarm is not used any more. The alarm information, however, is reserved in the alarm reference and
northbound interface data to keep compatibility with the northbound interface.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Interface Type Interface type (PPP, PPPOE, MP, ETHERNET, TRUNK, LOOPINTF)

Interface No. Interface number

Packet Loss Rate (per mill) Packet loss rate of the IP layer

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The IP data packet of the NE is discarded, which leads to the deterioration of the
quality of services carried on this port.

System Actions

When this alarm is reported and the packet loss rate is too high, the system disables the corresponding IP link.

Possible Causes

The packet is discarded due to an error (for example, an external attack) during the resolving of the
IP header.

The packet is discarded due to the failure in the segmentation and reassembling of the packet.

The packet is discarded due to insufficient resources in the system (for example, no resource is
allocated to the memory). This cause is of low probability.

Procedure

1. Check that the bearing link works properly.

a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms, Ethernet-correlated alarms, or PPP/MLPPP-


correlated alarms on the associated link.
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

167 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

2. Check that the bearing network is configured properly.

a. Run the MML command LST IPRT to check whether the static route is configured.
Y => The static route is configured. Go to sub-step b.
N => The static route is not configured. Go to sub-step c.

b. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the dynamic route is configured
correctly.
Y => The dynamic route is configured correctly. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.
N => The dynamic route is configured incorrectly. Go to sub-step c.

c. Run the MML command RMV IPRT to delete the incorrect route and run the MML
command ADD IPRT add the IP route to the peer device for the corresponding bearing
link.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y=> The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.88 ALM-25898 IP Path Excessive Packet Loss Rate


Description

This alarm is reported when the average packet loss rate is higher than the preset alarm threshold during 10
minutes, in the case that the IP PM function is activated on the uplink of the IP path.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

IP Path No. IP path number

Packet Loss Rate (per mill) Packet loss rate of the IP path

Description Peer description information

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The data packet on the link between the NE and the RNC is discarded, and the
services carried on this IP path cannot be performed normally.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The bandwidth configuration of the IP path on the NE side is inconsistent with that on the RNC side.

The bit error rate (BER) or frame error rate (FER) of the link bearing the IP path is extremely high.

168 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The bandwidth of the physical link between the NE and the RNC is restricted.

Procedure

1. Check that the bandwidth of the IP path is configured correctly.

a. Run the MML command LST IPPATH to check whether the receive bandwidth and
transmit bandwidth of the IP path are consistent with those configured on the RNC .
Y=> The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 2.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reconfigure the receive bandwidth and transmit bandwidth of the IP path to keep them
consistent with those configured on the RNC.
Wait for 10 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check for the correlated alarm of the link bearing the IP path on the M2000.

a. On the M2000, check for the correlated alarm of the link bearing the IP path:
Ethernet-correlated alarms
PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the bandwidth of the physical link between the NE and the RNC.

a. Contact the network plan engineers to check whether the configured bandwidth of the
link between the RNC and the NE meets the service requirements. If the configured
bandwidth cannot meet the service requirements, the network replan is required.
b. Increase the link bandwidth according to the network replan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.89 ALM-25899 BFD Session Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session between the base station and
the destination IP address is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

169 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

BFD No. BFD process number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The fast fault location of the BFD on the link fails between the base station and the
destination IP address.

System Actions

The route handover is triggered when the BFD session in reliability detection is configured.

Possible Causes

The local transmission port is faulty.

The local BFD session configuration is incorrect.

The local route configuration is incorrect.

The peer device is faulty or its configuration is incorrect.

The transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the local transmission port.

a. On the M2000, check for the correlated alarm of the faulty port or transmission link at
the physical layer or link layer.
Ethernet-correlated alarms
25885 IP Address Conflict
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the local BFD session configuration.

a. Run the MML command LST BFDSESSION to query the configuration of the local BFD
session.

b. Consult the maintenance personnel in charge of the peer device for the configuration of
the peer BFD session. Check whether the local BFD session configuration is consistent
with the peer BFD session configuration. The related parameters are "Source IP
Address", "Destination IP Address", and "Hop Type".
Y => The local BFD session configuration is consistent with the peer BFD session
configuration. Go to sub-step c.

170 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The local BFD session configuration is inconsistent with the peer BFD session
configuration. Go to sub-step d.

c. Check whether the "Hop Type" parameter is "Single Hop" or "Multiple Hops".
Y => The "Hop Type" parameter is "Single Hop". Go to sub-step e.
N => The "Hop Type" parameter is "Multiple Hops". Go to step 3.

d. Run the MML command RMV BFDSESSION,ADD BFDSESSION to modify the local
BFD session configuration according to the configuration plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

e. Run the MML command LST DEVIP to check the subnet mask of the source IP
address of the BFD session. Based on the subnet mask, decide whether the source IP
address and the destination IP address of the BFD session are in the same network
segment.
Y => The source IP address and the destination IP address of the BFD session are in
the same network segment. Go to step 4.
N => The source IP address and the destination IP address of the BFD session are not
in the same network segment. Go to sub-step f.
f. Check whether the IP address of the device is consistent with the configuration plan.
Y => The IP address of the device is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step
4.
N => The IP address of the device is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to step
g.

g. Run the MML commands RMV BFDSESSION and RMV DEVIP to delete the conflicting
IP address.

h. Run the MML commands ADD DEVIP and ADD BFDSESSION to add the correct IP
address based on the IP address plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

3. Check the route in the case of the multi-hop BFD.

a. Run the MML command LST IPRT to check whether the route is configured for the
destination IP address of the BFD session.
Y => The route is configured. Go to step 4.
N => The route is not configured. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to the destination IP address of the
BFD session.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the peer device or the peer BFD configuration.

a. Check whether the peer device is faulty (incorrect configuration, for example).

171 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The peer device is faulty. Go to sub-step b.


N => The peer device is functional. Go to step 5.
b. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the peer device to rectify the fault.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the transmission network.

a. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the transmission network to check for
the faulty intermediate nodes.
Y => A faulty intermediate node exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => There is no faulty intermediate node. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
b. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the intermediate devices to rectify the
fault.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.90 ALM-25900 IP PM Activation Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the system detects that the IP Performance Monitoring (PM) is in deactivated state.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Session ID IP PM Session ID

Alarm Alarm Cause (Activation timeout, DSCP modified, Activation of peer ippmsession is forbidden,
Cause Peer rule out of range, Peer version is not supported, Backward activation of peer ippmsession
is not supported, Request of four turple(DSCP) in backward activation of ippmsession is not
supported, long-time without FM frame received, long-time without BR frame received )

Specific Specific Problem of the alarm(Downlink, Uplink)


Problem

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The data packet loss or delay on the link between the base station and the peer
device cannot be detected.

System Actions

172 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

None

Possible Causes

The bearing link of IP PM is faulty.

The IP PM configured on the peer device side is inconsistent with that configured on the base station
side.

The boards on the peer device side do not support the IP PM.

Procedure

1. Check for alarms correlated to the bearing link on the M2000.

a. Check for alarms correlated to the bearing link of IP PM on the M2000:


Ethernet-Correlated Alarms
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the IP PM configurations on both sides on the M2000.

a.
Run the MML command DSP IPPMSESSION to check whether the DSCP configured
for the IP PM session is consistent with the DSCP configured on the peer device side.
Y => The DSCP configured on the base station side is consistent with the DSCP on the
peer device side. Go to step 3.
N => The DSCP configured on the base station side is inconsistent with the DSCP on
the peer device side. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command RMV IPPMSESSION,ADD IPPMSESSION to change the


DSCP on the base station side. Ensure the DSCP consistency between the base
station side and the peer device side. Then, wait for eight seconds.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Remotely check that the peer board that is configured with the peer IP address supports the IP PM
function.

a. Remotely check whether the peer board that is configured with the peer IP address
supports the IP PM function or whether the peer board is configured with the
corresponding IP path.
Y => The peer board supports the IP PM function or is configured with the
corresponding IP path. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The peer board does not support the IP PM function or is not configured with the
corresponding IP path. Go to sub-step b.

b. On the peer device side, configure the peer IP address of IP PM on the board that
supports the IP PM function, or configure the corresponding IP path for the peer board.

173 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.91 ALM-25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the base station cannot be maintained because of the Operation and Maintenance
CHannel (OMCH) failure.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The OMCH is broken, and the user cannot maintain the remote equipment.

System Actions

The base station attempts to re-establish the OMCH.

Possible Causes

The OMCH is not configured.


The OMCH is configured incorrectly.

The transmission network is faulty.

The M2000 malfunctions.

Security authentication fails.

Procedure

1. Check the data configuration of the remote maintenance link on site.

a. Run the MML command LST OMCH to check whether the OMCH is configured.
Y => The OMCH is configured. Go to step b.
N => The OMCH is not configured. Go to sub-step c.
b. Check whether the data configuration of the OMCH is consistent with the configuration
plan, such as local IP address and peer IP address.
Y => The data configuration is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step e.
N => The data configuration is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step
d.
c. Run the MML command ADD OMCH to configure the data of the OMCH based on the
configuration plan.

174 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
d. Run the MML command MOD OMCH to configure the data of the OMCH based on the
configuration plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

e. Run the MML command LST OMCH to check whether the parameter "binding route" is
set to "YES".
Y=> A IP route is bound to the OMCH. Go to step 2.
N=> No IP route is bound to the OMCH. Go to sub-step f.

f. Run the MML command LST IPRT to check whether the configuration of the IP route
used by the OMCH is correct according to the site plan.
Y => The configuration of the IP route is correct. Go to step 2.
N => The configuration of the IP route is incorrect. Go to sub-step g.

g. Run the MML command RMV IPRT and ADD IPRT to modify the configuration of the IP
route according to the site plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check for the correlated alarms on site.

a. Check for the correlated alarms of the OMCH on the LMT:


25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation
25820 Fractional ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation
25860 PPP/MLPPP Link Fault
25861 MLPPP Group Fault
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25885 IP Address Conflict
25891 IKE Negotiation Failure
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25921 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame
25922 SDH/SONET Loss of Signal
26832 Peer Certificate Expiry
26841 Certificate Invalid
26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

175 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the M2000.

a. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the M2000 to check whether the
M2000 is operating properly and the configuration of base station is correct on the
M2000.
Y => The M2000 is operating properly and the configuration of base station is correct
on the M2000. Go to step 4.
N => The M2000 is not operating properly or the configuration of base station is not
correct on the M2000. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the M2000 to rectify the fault.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check for faults in the transmission network on site.

a. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the transmission network to check


whether a fault exists.
Y => A fault exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => There is no fault. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

b. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the transmission network to rectify the
fault.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.92 ALM-25902 Remote Maintenance Link Running Data and


Configuration Mismatch
Description

This alarm is reported when the running data of the remote maintenance link (OMCH) detected by the base
station is inconsistent with the OMCH data in the configuration file.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

OMCH Active/Standby Flag OMCH active/standby flag (Active OMCH, Standby OMCH)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The OMCH may fail. The subscribers may fail to access the network.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

176 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The OMCH configuration of the base station has errors.

The data in the configuration file is inconsistent with the active data on the base station.

The data configuration of other devices on the OMCH has errors.

Procedure

1. Query the result of automatic establishment of the remote maintenance channel

a. Run the MML command DSP DHCPRSLT to check the value of the "BS Running State"
parameter.
Y => The value of the "BS Running State" parameter is "NORMAL". Go to step 2.
N => The value of the "BS Running State" parameter is "OMCH auto-establish is
running". Go to step 4.

2. Check the OMCH data configuration on the M2000.

a. Run the MML commands LST OMCH and DSP OMCH to check whether the configured
OMCH data is consistent with the running OMCH data.
Y => The configured OMCH data is consistent with the running OMCH data. Contact
the engineers responsible for the corresponding device on the OMCH. Ask them to
modify the data configuration of the corresponding device according to the configuration
plan.
N => The configured OMCH data is inconsistent with the running OMCH data. Go to
step 3.

3. Modify the OMCH data configuration on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command MOD OMCH to modify the OMCH data configuration according
to the configuration plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

4. Verify that the transmission configuration of the base station is correct on the M2000.

a. View the data configuration of the remote maintenance link for the base station on the
M2000. Run the MML command DSP DHCPRSLT to display the data configuration.
Then, check whether the data configuration displayed on the M2000 is consistent with
the data configuration obtained by running the MML command. The relevant parameters
include Local IP, Local Mask, Destination IP, Destination Mask, Next Hop IP, Interface
Type, Bearer Type, and VLAN ID of the remote maintenance link.
Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5.
N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Prepare a correct configuration file of the
base station on the M2000, and then go to step 5.

5. Download and activate the configuration file on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DLD CFGFILE to download the configuration file.

b. Run the MML command SET CFGFILEENB to activate the configuration file.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

177 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.93 ALM-25920 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame Alignment


Description

This alarm is reported when Out Of Frame (OOF) is detected on the optical RX port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The receiving optical link is broken. In this case, the ongoing services carried over
the optical port are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding optical link.

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.


On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the
optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber, or the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format between the local end and the peer
end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.

178 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.
b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check that the local optical module matches the optical fiber on site.

a. Check whether the local optical module matches the optical fiber.
Y => The local optical module matches the optical fiber. Go to step 5.
N => The local optical module does not match the optical fiber. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the local optical module with an optical module that is compatible with the
optical fiber.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. (Skip this step and go to step 7 if the optical module is already replaced) Replace the optical
module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

179 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

7. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 9.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9.

9. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.94 ALM-25921 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame


Description

This alarm (abbreviated as LOF) is reported when the alarm SDH/SONET Loss of Frame Alignment persists on
the optical RX port for 3 ms.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

180 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The receiving optical link is broken. In this case, the ongoing services carried over
the optical port are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding optical link.

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.


The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the
optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber, or the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

181 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check that the local optical module matches the optical fiber on site.

a. Check whether the local optical module matches the optical fiber.
Y => The local optical module matches the optical fiber. Go to step 5.
N => The local optical module does not match the optical fiber. Go to sub-step b.
b. Replace the local optical module with an optical module that is compatible with the
optical fiber.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. (Skip this step and go to step 7 if the optical module is already replaced) Replace the optical
module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 8.

182 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

8. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 9.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9.

9. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.95 ALM-25922 SDH/SONET Loss of Signal


Description

This alarm (abbreviated as LOS) is reported when the amplitude of signals on the optical RX port is lower than
the preset threshold for 100 us. That is, all 0s signals are received.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The receiving optical link is broken. In this case, the ongoing services carried over
the optical port are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding optical link.

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

183 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The local optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The RX and TX ends of the local optical fiber are reversely connected.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.


On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the
optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber, or the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check that the local optical module matches the optical fiber on site.

a. Check whether the local optical module matches the optical fiber.

184 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The local optical module matches the optical fiber. Go to step 5.
N => The local optical module does not match the optical fiber. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the local optical module with an optical module that is compatible with the
optical fiber.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check that the local optical fiber is incorrectly connected on site.

a. Check whether the local optical fiber is incorrectly connected.


Y => The local optical fiber is incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b.
N => The local optical fiber is correctly connected. Go to step 6.
b. Replace or reconnect the optical fiber. Ensure that the optical fiber is correctly
connected.
Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. (Skip this step and go to step 8 if the optical module is already replaced) Replace the optical
module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 9.

185 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

9. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 10.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 10.

10. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.96 ALM-25923 SDH/SONET AU Loss of Pointer


Description

This alarm is reported when an unknown administration unit pointer is detected on the optical port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

SDH/SONET AU No. SDH/SONET administrative unit number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major If the port is an unchannelized optical port, the optical links cannot carry services.
If the port is a channelized optical port, the E1/T1 links in the administration unit
cannot carry services.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding optical link.

Possible Causes

186 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or
the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.

187 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Then, insert the connector properly.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.97 ALM-25924 SDH/SONET MS Alarm Indication Signal

188 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Description

This alarm is reported when bit 6 to bit 8 of the K2 bytes in three consecutive frames received by the optical port
are 111.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The receiving optical link is broken. In this case, the ongoing services carried over
the optical port are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding optical link.

Possible Causes

The internal clock of the system is faulty (when the sending clock of the optical port uses the external
8 kHz clock), or the clock of the peer device is faulty (when the sending clock of the optical port uses
the recovery clock of the receiving end).

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.


On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or
the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the setting of the sending clock of the optical port on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the sending
clock of the local optical port is the same as that in the network plan.
Y => The working mode is the same as that in the networking plan, and the working
mode is the external 8 kHz clock or the recovery clock of the receiving end. Go to
sub-step c.
N => The working mode is different from that in the networking plan. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the working mode of the sending clock
of the local optical port, and then wait for 30 minutes.

189 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared:


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

c. Run the MML command DSP CLKSTAT to check whether the status of the clock is
normal.
Y => The clock is operating properly. Go to step 2.
N => The clock malfunctions. Go to sub-step d.

d. Troubleshoot the clock failure of the NE with recommended actions of clock-related


alarms in this document.
Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e.

e. Check for faults in the clock of the peer device and perform troubleshooting.
Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.
b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.

190 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.98 ALM-25925 SDH/SONET MS Remote Defect Indication


Description

This alarm is reported when the peer end sends a defect indication signal to the local end because the alarm
SDH/SONET MS Alarm Indication Signal or the alarm SDH/SONET MS Excessive Bit Error Rate is detected on
the optical RX port of the peer end.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

191 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The data carried over the optical port is lost, and the services carried over the
optical port may be disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the
optical module does not match the optical fiber, or the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the working mode of the local optical
port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.

192 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.

193 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.99 ALM-25926 SDH/SONET Loss of Cell Delineation


Description

This alarm (abbreviated as LCD) is reported when the optical port link fails to recover the cell data from the SDH
frame.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The receiving optical link is broken. In this case, the ongoing services carried over
the optical port are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding optical link.

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.


The local optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.


The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.


The local optical sub-board is faulty.

194 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or
the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check that the local optical module matches the optical fiber on site.

a. Check whether the local optical module matches the optical fiber.
Y => The local optical module matches the optical fiber. Go to step 5.
N => The local optical module does not match the optical fiber. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the local optical module with an optical module that is compatible with the
optical fiber.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

195 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

5. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. (Skip this step and go to step 7 if the optical module is already replaced) Replace the optical
module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 9.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9.

9. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

196 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.100 ALM-25927 SDH/SONET Optical Port Loopback


Description

This alarm is reported when a user sets link loopback for the optical port chip on site or on the M2000.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Warning The services carried over the optical port are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding optical link.

Possible Causes

A user sets link loopback for the optical port chip on site or on the M2000.

Procedure

1. Check the loopback status of the optical port.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the local/remote loopback exists
on the optical port.
Y => The local/remote loopback exists. Go to step 2.
N => The local/remote loopback does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service
Center.

2. Cancel the loopback on the optical port.

a. Run the MML command SET STM1LOP to set "NOLOOP" on the optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.101 ALM-25928 SDH/SONET RS Trace Identifier Mismatch


Description

This alarm is reported when the trace identifier J0 received by the optical port is different from the trace
identifier J0 expected.

Parameters

197 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The receiving optical link is broken. In this case, the ongoing services carried over
the optical port are disrupted.

System Actions

The system disables the corresponding optical link.

Possible Causes

The J0 is incorrectly set on the local device or does not match.

The J0 is incorrectly set on the peer device or does not match.

The multiplexing configuration of the optical transmission link is incorrect, or the optical fiber is
incorrectly connected.

Procedure

1. Check the settings of J0 on site and on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP SDHJ0J1 to check whether J0 configured on the local
device is the same as J0 received.
Y => J0 configured on the local device is the same as J0 received. Go to step 2.
N => J0 configured on the local device is different from J0 received. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET SDHJ0J1 to change the setting of J0 on the local device
to ensure that J0 is the same as J0 received.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is
correct.
Y => The service configuration is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The service configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to change the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

198 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the multiplexing configuration and connection of the optical transmission link.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and
ask them to check whether the multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is
correct.
Y => The configuration is proper, and the connection is correct. Contact Huawei
Customer Service Center.
N => The configuration is improper, or the connection is incorrect. Go to step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and
ask them to correct the configuration or the connection.
Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.102 ALM-25929 SDH/SONET RS Excessive Bit Error Rate


Description

This alarm is reported when the bit error rate of the regeneration section exceeds the signal invalid threshold
because of poor signal quality over the optical port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The data carried over the optical port is lost, or the services carried over the optical
port are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.


The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.


The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

199 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or
the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.

200 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.103 ALM-25930 SDH/SONET MS Excessive Bit Error Rate


Description

This alarm is reported when the bit error rate of the multiplex section exceeds the signal invalid threshold
because of poor signal quality over the optical port.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

201 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The data carried over the optical port is lost, or the services carried over the optical
port are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.


The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or
the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

202 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

203 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.104 ALM-25931 SDH/SONET MS Signal Degraded


Description

This alarm is reported when the error bit rate of the multiplex section exceeds the signal degradation threshold.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The data carried over the optical port is lost, or the services carried over the optical
port are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.


The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.


The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.


On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the
optical module does not match the optical fiber, or the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

204 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.
b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

205 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.105 ALM-25932 SDH/SONET MS Remote Error Indication


Description

When the peer optical port detects that the bit error rate of the remote regeneration section exceeds the
threshold, the peer optical port sends the M1 byte to the local device. This alarm is reported when the local
device detects the remote error bit indication through the B2 byte.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

206 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The data carried over the optical port is lost, and the service quality is degraded.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or
the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

207 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.
b. Replace the board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.

208 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.


N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.106 ALM-25933 SDH/SONET AU Alarm Indication Signal


Description

This alarm is reported when the administration unit received by the optical port is all 1s (including AU-PTR).

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

SDH/SONET AU No. SDH/SONET administrative unit number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major Services carried by the administration unit of the optical port are disrupted, and the
E1/T1 links in the administration unit cannot carry services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.


The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.


The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the
device is faulty, or the peer device sends an indication signal for generating the alarm.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

209 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

210 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.107 ALM-25934 SDH/SONET HP Unequipped Defect


Description

This alarm is reported when C2 bytes in five consecutive frames sent over the high-order path of the optical port
are all 0s.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

SDH/SONET HP No. SDH/SONET high-order path number

211 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The equipped data cannot be recovered from the VC3 or VC4 frame. The services
carried over the optical port are disrupted, and the E1/T1 links in the high-order path
cannot carry services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The C2 byte is set to all 0s.

The multiplexing configuration of the transmission link or the optical fiber connection is incorrect.

Procedure

1. Check the configuration of C2.

a. Run the MML command DSP SDHJ0J1 to query the overhead byte of the optical port
and check whether the value of C2 is TUG STRUCT.
Y => The value is TUG STRUCT. Go to step 2.
N => The value is not TUG STRUCT. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to change the value of C2.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the multiplexing configuration and connection of the optical transmission link.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and
ask them to check whether the multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is
correct.
Y => The multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Contact
Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The multiplexing configuration is improper and the connection is incorrect. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and
ask them to change the multiplexing configuration and the connection.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.108 ALM-25935 SDH/SONET HP Signal Label Mismatch


Description

This alarm is reported when the C2 byte received by the high-order path of the optical port is different from the
C2 byte expected.

212 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

SDH/SONET HP No. SDH/SONET high-order path number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The equipped data cannot be recovered from the SDH frame. The services carried
over the optical port are disrupted, and the E1/T1 links in the high-order path cannot
carry services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The signal label (C2) expected by the local device is different from the signal label (C2) sent by the
peer device.

The service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is incorrect.

The multiplexing configuration of the transmission link or the optical fiber connection is incorrect.

Procedure

1. Check the configuration of C2.

a. Run the MML command DSP SDHJ0J1 to query the overhead byte of the optical port
and check whether the value of C2 is TUG STRUCT.
Y => The value is TUG STRUCT. Go to step 2.
N => The value is not TUG STRUCT. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to change the value of C2.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is
correct.
Y => The service configuration is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The service configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask

213 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

them to change the service configuration of the SDH service.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the multiplexing configuration and connection of the optical transmission link.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and
ask them to check whether the multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is
correct.
Y => The multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Contact
Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The multiplexing configuration is improper and the connection is incorrect. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and
ask them to change the multiplexing configuration and the connection.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.109 ALM-25936 SDH/SONET HP Trace Identifier Mismatch


Description

This alarm is reported when the trace identifier J1 received by the high-order path of the optical port is different
from the trace identifier J1 expected.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

SDH/SONET HP No. SDH/SONET high-order path number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The E1/T1 links in the high-order path cannot carry services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The channel trace byte expected by the local device is different from the channel trace byte sent by
the peer device.

The service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is incorrect.

214 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The multiplexing configuration of the transmission link or the optical fiber connection is incorrect.

Procedure

1. Check the channel trace bytes configured on the local device and the peer device.

a. Run the MML command DSP SDHJ0J1 to check whether the channel trace bytes
configured on the local device and the peer device are the same.
Y => The channel trace bytes are the same. Go to step 2.
N => The channel trace bytes are different. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the channel trace bytes to
be sent.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is
correct.
Y => The service configuration is correct. Go to step 3.
N => The service configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b.
b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to change the service configuration of the SDH service.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the multiplexing configuration and connection of the optical transmission link.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and
ask them to check whether the multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is
correct.
Y => The multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Contact
Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The multiplexing configuration is improper and the connection is incorrect. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and
ask them to change the multiplexing configuration and the connection.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.110 ALM-25937 SDH/SONET HP Remote Defect Indication


Description

This alarm is reported when the local device receives a message from the peer device indicating the high-order
path tracing identifier mismatch (HP-TIM) or high-order path signal label mismatch (HP-SLM) for signals received

215 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

on the peer end.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

SDH/SONET HP No. SDH/SONET high-order path number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The E1/T1 links in the peer high-order path cannot carry services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the
optical module does not match the optical fiber, or the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

216 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask

217 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.111 ALM-25938 SDH/SONET HP Remote Error Indication


Description

When the remote optical port detects the error bit, it sends the number of error blocks to the local device. This
alarm is reported when the local device detects that the number of remote error blocks exceeds the threshold.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET port number

SDH/SONET HP No. SDH/SONET high-order path number

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major Serious defects exist in the TX direction of the E1/T1 link of the high-order path,
which may result in loss of data over the link or service degradation.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.

The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.

218 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The local optical connector is not securely installed.

The local optical connector is dirty.

The local optical module is faulty.

The local optical sub-board is faulty.

On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or
the device is faulty.

The optical transmission link is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local
optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network
plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the
local and peer end.)
Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2.
N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the
local optical port.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site.

a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in
position.
Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.

b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely.


Check whether the alarm is cleared:
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on
site.

a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site.

a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
Then, insert the connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.

219 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the optical module on site.

a. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.

a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber
for loopback.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged.
Go to sub-step b.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.
b. Replace the board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7.

7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly.

a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality
of the peer device are proper.
Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer
device are proper. Go to step 8.
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device
is improper. Go to sub-step b.

b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly.

a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.112 ALM-25949 Excessive Flood Packet


Description

This alarm is reported when the flood packet rate reaches the specified threshold after the excessive flood
packet alarm switch is turned on.

220 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

This alarm is not used any more. The alarm information, however, is reserved in the alarm reference and
northbound interface data to keep compatibility with the northbound interface.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Flood Packet Type Flood attack packet type (ARP, ICMP, TCP, SYN, UDP)

Current received packet rate(packet/s) Current received flood packet rate

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The board CPU usage increases, the performance deteriorates, and packets may be
discarded, affecting the quality of services. In serious cases, the ongoing services
may be interrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The parameter settings of the protection against flood packets or the alarm are not set properly.

The base station receives large quantities of flood packets from peer devices.

Procedure

1. Check the parameter settings of the protection against flood packets and the alarm at the local end.

a. Run the MML command LST FLOODDEFEND to check whether the local end is
protected against flood packets.
Y=>The local end is protected against flood packets. Go to sub-step b.
N=>The local end is not protected against flood packets. Go to sub-step c.

b. Based on the flood packet type and receive rate, check whether the threshold for
protecting against flood packets and the alarm threshold are set properly.
Y=>The threshold for protecting against flood packets and the alarm threshold are set
properly. Go to step 2.
N=>The threshold for protecting against flood packets or the alarm threshold is not set
properly. Go to sub-step d.
c. Run the MML command MOD FLOODDEFEND to set the parameters related to the
protection against flood packets based on the packet type and receive rate.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

d. Run the MML command MOD FLOODDEFEND to modify the parameters related to the
alarm and the protection against flood packets.

221 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the security of the peer devices.

a. Check whether the peer devices in the bearer network work properly and whether they
keep sending large quantities of flood packets to the local device.
Y=>The peer devices do not work properly and the peer devices keep sending large
quantities of flood packets to the local device. Go to sub-step b.
N=>The peer devices work properly and they do not keep sending large quantities of
flood packets to the local device. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
b. Contact the network administrator to modify the network configuration and to restrict
the packet receive rate.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.113 ALM-25950 Base Station Being Attacked


Description

This alarm is reported when the base station is under flood attack, invalid packet attack, Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP) spoofing, and IPSec replay.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Specific Specific Problem of the alarm(Excessive Flood Packet, Excessive Invalid Packet, ARP
Problem Snoofing, IPSec Replay)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The packet forwarding capability of transmission boards is decreased. If the packet
forwarding capability of transmission boards is exceeded, packet loss occurs,
affecting service quality.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The base station is under the flood attack.

The base station is under the invalid packet attack.

222 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The base station is under the ARP spoofing.

The base station is under the IPSec replay.

Procedure

1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000.

a. If "Specific Problem" is "Excessive Flood Packets", go to step 2.


If "Specific Problem" is "Excessive Invalid Packets", go to step 3.
If "Specific Problem" is "ARP Spoofing", go to step 6.
If "Specific Problem" is "IPSec Replay", go to step 7.

2. Check the settings of flood packet defense and the alarm parameters on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST FLOODDEFEND to check whether the settings of the
flood packet type, flood packet defense threshold, and flood packet alarm threshold are
appropriate.
Y => The settings are appropriate. Go to step 5.
N => The settings are inappropriate. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD FLOODDEFEND to change the flood packet type, flood
packet defense threshold, and flood packet alarm threshold.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

3. Check the invalid packet alarm threshold on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IPGUARD to check whether the setting of the invalid
packet alarm threshold is appropriate.
Y => The setting is appropriate. Go to step 4.
N => The setting is inappropriate. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET IPGUARD to change the invalid packet alarm threshold.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Find out the attack source based on the buffered packets on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP INVALIDPKTINFO to check whether the discarded
packets are invalid packets.
Y => The discarded packets are invalid packets. Go to step 5.
N => The discarded packets are not invalid packets. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD ACLRULE to change the filter for invalid packets.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

5. Check the interconnected devices on the M2000.

223 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Check the interconnected devices to locate the source of the invalid or flood packets.
Request the network administrator to correct the network configuration to limit the rate
of invalid or flood packets.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

6. Query the ARP blacklist of the peer device.

a. Run the MML command DSP ARPSPOOFING to query the IP address with different
MAC addresses. Then, find out the attack source.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

7. Check the IPSec replay alarm threshold on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST IPGUARD to check whether the setting of the IPSec
replay alarm threshold is appropriate.
Y => The setting is appropriate. Go to step 8.
N => The setting is inappropriate. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET IPGUARD to change the IPSec replay alarm threshold.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8.

8. Check the source of the replayed packets on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP INVALIDPKTINFO to check the type and contents of the
packets that are discarded because of incompliance with the IPSec replay rules. Then,
find out the attack source.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.114 ALM-26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure


Description

CANBUS is a type of communication bus which is used for device management in the base station. This alarm is
reported when the CANBUS communication fails between the main control board and other boards.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

224 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The user fails to power on/off the board, perform hot plugging, or obtain the
electronic label. The voltage and temperature of the board cannot be monitored. In
this case, the board reliability decreases.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The board does not exist or is not securely installed.

The board is powered off.

The board hardware is faulty.


The hardware of the main control board (in the subrack that houses the board) is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000:
26200 Board Hardware Fault
26204 Board Not In Position
26214 Board Powered Off
26216 Board Not Securely Installed
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reseat the faulty board properly on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4.

4. Reseat the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.

225 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Note: Removing or reseating the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of
the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours.
Reseat the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.

a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base
station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software
upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version
should be ready for use in advance.
Replace the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei
Customer Service Center.

1.1.115 ALM-26104 Board Temperature Unacceptable


Description

This alarm is reported when the board temperature is out of normal range. The rated operating temperature
range is a hardware specification of boards. This range varies depending on the type of the board.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Current Board Temperature Current board temperature (Celsius and Fahrenheit inclusive)
(C/F)

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Temperature too High, Temperature too
Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The board is automatically powered off to prevent burnout when the temperature of
the board becomes excessively high. Services carried on the board are interrupted.
The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function or is a
main control board.

226 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The board that works in an extremely high-temperature or low-temperature


environment for long may be running improperly. In this case, the quality of services
carried on the board decreases.

System Actions

When the board temperature is too high, the BBU fans are set to full speed.

Possible Causes

The ambient temperature of the BBU subrack is extremely high or low.

The BBU fans are stalled.

The temperature sensor for the board is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the BBU that houses the faulty board on the M2000.
26110 BBU Fan Stalled
26111 BBU Fan Not at Full Speed
26204 Board Not In Position (the BBU fan unit not in position)
25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000.

a. Reset the board through power-off.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

1.1.116 ALM-26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable


Description

227 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

This alarm is reported when the board detects that the clock input signals are unavailable.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The board cannot work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are
interrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following
conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

System Actions

If one of the two clock inputs malfunctions, the system automatically switches to the other clock
input.

If both of the clock inputs malfunction, the system automatically disables the faulty board and isolates
the board from all other boards.

Possible Causes

The board is not securely installed.

The board hardware is faulty.


The main control board is not securely installed.

The hardware of the main control board is faulty.

The BBU subrack is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the main control board on the M2000:
26200 Board Hardware Fault
26216 Board Not Securely Installed
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

228 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

2. Reseat the board properly on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4.

4. Reseat the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.

a. Note: Removing or reseating the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of
the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours.
Reseat the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.

a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base
station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software
upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version
should be ready for use in advance.
Replace the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei
Customer Service Center.

1.1.117 ALM-26107 Board Input Voltage Out of Range


Description

This alarm is reported when the board detects that the input voltage is extremely high or low.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Overvoltage, Undervoltage)

229 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The board cannot work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are
disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following
conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The power monitoring board is faulty.


The board hardware is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the power monitoring board on the M2000:
26112 BBU DC Output Out of Range
26200 Board Hardware Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

1.1.118 ALM-26110 BBU Fan Stalled


Description

This alarm is reported when the rotation speed of the BBU fan is extremely low.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

230 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The heat dissipation capability of the BBU is degraded. The BBU that works in a
high-temperature environment for long may be running improperly. In this case, the
life cycle of the BBU decreases.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

There are foreign objects in the BBU fan.


The BBU fan is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the BBU fan module on site.

a. Remove the BBU fan module on site. Clean the air inlet and air outlet of the fan module.
Remove foreign objects. Then, reinstall the fan module.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the BBU fan module on site.

a. Remove the faulty fan module and install a spare fan module.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.119 ALM-26111 BBU Fan Not at Full Speed


Description

This alarm is reported when the actual rotation speed of the BBU fan is lower than 80% of the preset full speed.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

231 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The heat dissipation capability of the BBU is degraded. The BBU that works in a
high-temperature environment for long may be running improperly. In this case, the
life cycle of the BBU decreases.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

There are foreign objects in the BBU fan.

The BBU fan is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the BBU fan module on site.

a. Remove the BBU fan module on site. Clean the air inlet and air outlet of the fan module.
Remove foreign objects. Then, reinstall the fan module.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the BBU fan module on site.

a. Remove the faulty fan module and install a spare fan module.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.120 ALM-26112 BBU DC Output Out of Range


Description

This alarm is reported when the 12 V DC output of the power module in the BBU is out of range (overvoltage or
undervoltage).

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

232 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The boards in the BBU may be reset or powered off unexpectedly. In this case, the
ongoing services carried on the BBU are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The AC mains supply fails or the power cabinet is faulty, resulting in an improper -48 V DC input
supplied for the BBU.

The cables for the power module are faulty or are not properly connected.

The power module is not switched on.

The power module of the BBU is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the site on the M2000:


25622 Mains Input Out of Range
25626 Power Module Abnormal
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the cable connections for the power module onsite.

a. Check whether the cables are functional and are properly connected to the power
module.
Y => The cables are functional and are properly connected to the power module. Go to
step 3.
N => The cables are faulty or are improperly connected to the power module. Go to
substep b.

b. Reconnect or replace the cables.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the switch on the panel of the power module on site.

a. Check whether the switch on the panel of the power module is set to off.
Y => The switch is set to off. Go to sub-step b.
N => The switch is set to on. Go to step 4.

b. Set the switch of the power module to on.

233 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the power module on site.

a. Replace the BBU power module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.121 ALM-26113 Base Station DC Power Supply Abnormal


Description

This alarm is reported when the input voltage of the BBU is lower than the preset alarm threshold.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Input Voltage(0.1V) BBU input voltage

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Overvoltage, Undervoltage)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The BBU may be powered off. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the BBU
are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The AC mains or the power system malfunctions.

The power module of the BBU is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the AC mains and the power system on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:


25622 Mains Input Out of Range
25626 Power Module Abnormal
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to sub-step c.

234 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

c. Check whether the power system is provided by Huawei.


Y => The power system is provided by Huawei. Go to step 2.
N => The power system is provided by a third-party manufacturer. Go to sub-step d.

d. Contact the maintenance personnel of the third-party manufacturer responsible for the
power system. Ask them to check whether the AC mains and the power system are
functional.
Y => The AC mains and the power system are functional. Go to step 2.
N => The AC mains or the power system malfunctions. Go to sub-step e.

e. Contact the maintenance personnel of the third-party manufacturer responsible for the
power system. Ask them to rectify the fault in power supply.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the power module on site.

a. Replace the BBU power module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.122 ALM-26120 GPS Clock Output Unavailable


Description

This alarm is reported when the GPS 1PPS clock output is unavailable.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The base station fails to synchronize to the GPS clock. The system clock may be
unusable if the base station does not obtain the clock reference for a long period of
time. As a result, the quality of services of the base station decreases, resulting in
handover failure and call drop. In certain cases, the base station cannot provide
services.

System Actions

235 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The GPS satellite card is reset.

Possible Causes

The software of the GPS satellite card is running improperly.

The hardware of the GPS satellite card is faulty.

Procedure

1. Reset the board holding the GPS satellite card on the M2000.

a. Confirm the type of the board that is connected with the faulty GPS satellite card.
If the board is the Universal Satellite card and Clock Unit (USCU), go to sub-step b.
If the board is the main control board, go to sub-step c.
If the GPS satellite card uses Remote GPS (RGPS), go to step 3.
b. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF to reset the USCU.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

c. Note: Resetting the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base
station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours.
Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the board holding the GPS satellite card on site.

a. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the shielding layer and the core wire
on the GPS connector. Check whether the voltage is in the range 4 V to 6 V.
Y => The voltage is in the normal range. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The voltage is beyond the normal range. The GPS satellite card is faulty. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Replace the board, which is the USCU or main control board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

3. Check the cable connections between the RGPS and the USCU or between the RGPS and the RRU
on site.

a. Check the cable connections between the RGPS and the USCU or between the RGPS
and the RRU on site. Rectify the faults on cable connections, including improper or
damaged connections.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.

236 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

b. Replace the RGPS module by referring to the RGPS installation manual.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.123 ALM-26121 GPS Antenna Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the connection between the GPS satellite card and the antenna is broken, or when
the feeder current is too low or too high.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Antenna Short-Circuited, Antenna Open-Circuited)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The base station fails to synchronize to the GPS clock. The system clock may be
unusable if the base station does not obtain the clock reference for a long period of
time. As a result, the quality of services of the base station decreases, resulting in
handover failure and call drop. In certain cases, the base station cannot provide
services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The GPS satellite card hardware is faulty.

The signal cable between the BBU and the GPS surge protector is open-circuited or short-circuited.
The GPS surge protector is faulty.

The GPS feeder is open-circuited or shot-circuited.


The antenna is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the satellite card on site

a. Disconnect the GPS feeder from the board, and measure the voltage between the
shield layer and the wire of the GPS feeder using a multimeter. Check whether the
voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V.
Y => The voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V, go to sub-step c.

237 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

N => The voltage is not 5 +/- 0.5 V, the satellite card is faulty. Go to step b.

b. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

c. Reconnect the GPS feeder to the board. Then, go to step 2.

2. Check the signal cable between the BBU and the GPS surge protector on site.

a. Disconnect the signal cable from the Protect end on the GPS surge protector, and
measure the voltage between the shield layer and the wire of the signal cable using a
multimeter. Check whether the voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V.
Y => The voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V, go to sub-step c.
N => The voltage is not 5 +/- 0.5 V, the signal cable between the BBU and the GPS
surge protector is open-circuited or short-circuited. Go to step b.

b. Replace the signal cable between the BBU and the GPS surge protector.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

c. Reconnect the signal cable to the Protect end on the GPS surge protector. Go to step
3.

3. Check the GPS surge protector on site.

a. Disconnect the GPS feeder from the GPS surge protector, and measure the voltage
between the shield layer and the wire of the GPS feeder at the Surge end using a
multimeter. Check whether the voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V.
Y => The voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V, go to sub-step c.
N => The voltage is not 5 +/- 0.5 V, the GPS surge protector is faulty. Go to step b.

b. Replace the GPS surge protector according to the GPS Satellite Antenna System
Quick Installation Guide.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

c. Reconnect the GPS feeder to the GPS surge protector. Go to step 4.

4. Check the feeder on site.

a. Disconnect the GPS feeder from the antenna, and measure the voltage between the
shield layer and the wire of the GPS feeder using a multimeter. Check whether the
voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V.
Y => The voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V, go to step 5.
N => The voltage is not 5 +/- 0.5 V, the feeder is open-circuited or short-circuited. Go
to step b.

b. Check whether the GPS feeder connector is rusty.


If it is rusty, go to step c.
If it is not rusty, go to step d.

238 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

c. Remove rust from the GPS feeder connector, reconnect the GPS feeder to the
antenna, and waterproof the GPS feeder connector.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step d.

d. Replace the feeder according to the GPS Satellite Antenna System Quick Installation
Guide.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further
action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

5. Replace the antenna on site.

a. Replace the antenna according to the GPS Satellite Antenna System Quick Installation
Guide.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.124 ALM-26122 GPS Locked Satellites Insufficient


Description

This alarm is reported when the number of locked satellites at a site is insufficient.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The base station fails to synchronize to the GPS clock. The system clock may be
unusable if the base station does not obtain the clock reference for a long period of
time. As a result, the quality of services of the base station decreases, resulting in
handover failure and call drop. In certain cases, the base station cannot provide
services.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

239 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

The GPS antenna is faulty.

The clock reference is incorrectly configured.

The working mode of the GPS satellite card is incorrectly configured.

Interference or barrier exists around the GPS antenna.

The GPS satellite card hardware is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty GPS satellite card on the M2000:
26121 GPS Antenna Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the clock reference on the basis of site plan on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST CLKMODE to check whether the clock reference is
consistent with the site plan.
Y => The clock reference is consistent with the site plan. Go to step 3.
N => The clock reference is inconsistent with the site plan. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command SET CLKMODE to change the clock reference.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the working mode of the GPS satellite card on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST GPS to check whether the working mode of the GPS
satellite card is consistent with the configuration plan.
Y => The working mode of the GPS satellite card is consistent with the configuration
plan. Go to step 4.
N => The working mode of the GPS satellite card is inconsistent with the configuration
plan. Go to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD GPS to change the working mode of the GPS satellite
card.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check for the interference or barrier around the GPS antenna on site.

a. Check the surroundings of the GPS antenna, and then rectify the fault by referring to
the installation manual of GPS antenna system.

240 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Check the GPS satellite card on site.

a. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the shielding layer and the core wire
on the GPS connector. Check whether the voltage is in the range 4 V to 6 V.
Y => The voltage is in the normal range. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The voltage is beyond the normal range. The GPS satellite card is faulty. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Reset the board through power-off.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.

c. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

1.1.125 ALM-26123 GPS Maintenance Link Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the maintenance link for the GPS satellite card fails.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The base station cannot communicate with the GPS satellite card.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The software of the GPS satellite card is running improperly.


The GPS satellite card hardware is faulty.

The cables connected to the GPS satellite card are faulty.

241 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Procedure

1. Reset the board holding the GPS satellite card on the M2000.

a. Check the board connected with the GPS antenna.


If the board is the Universal Satellite card and Clock Unit (USCU), go to sub-step b.
If the board is the main control board, go to sub-step c.
If the GPS satellite card uses Remote GPS (RGPS), go to step 3.

b. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the USCU.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

c. Note: Resetting the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base
station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours.
Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the board holding the GPS satellite card on site.

a. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the shielding layer and the core wire
on the GPS connector. Check whether the voltage is in the range 4 V to 6 V.
Y => The voltage is in the normal range. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
N => The voltage is beyond the normal range. The GPS satellite card is faulty. Go to
sub-step b.

b. Replace the board, which is the USCU or main control board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

3. Check the cable connections between the RGPS and the USCU or between the RGPS and the RRU
on site.

a. Check the cable connections between the RGPS and the USCU or between the RGPS
and the RRU on site. Rectify the faults on cable connections, including improper or
damaged connections.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.
b. Replace the RGPS module by referring to the RGPS installation manual.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.126 ALM-26200 Board Hardware Fault

242 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Description

This alarm is reported when the board hardware is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The board cannot work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board may be
disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following
conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

Minor Some functions of the board fail. The board reliability decreases. The services
carried on the board may malfunction in the long term.

System Actions

If a critical component of the board is faulty, the faulty board is isolated from all other boards. Meanwhile, the
faulty board begins automatic software reloading and resets.

Possible Causes

The board temperature is out of range.

The board hardware is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000:
26104 Board Temperature Unacceptable
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000.

a. Reset the board through power-off.

243 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Reseat the board properly on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.127 ALM-26201 Board Memory Soft Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when part of data in the memory of the processor in the board is overwritten due to
external electromagnetic interference or radiation.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The service processing capability of the board decreases. The ongoing services
carried on the board may even be disrupted. The service processing capability of the
peer mode is decreased or the services of the peer mode are interrupted when the
following conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

System Actions

The system resets the faulty processor.

Possible Causes

External electromagnetic interference or radiation exists.

244 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Procedure

1. Check the automatic clearance of the fault.

a. Check whether the alarm persists for more than five minutes.
Y => The alarm persists for more than five minutes. Go to step 2.
N => The alarm persists for less than five minutes. Go to sub-step b.

b. Wait until the system automatic actions are complete; the process lasts for about five
minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000.

a. Reset the board through power-off.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.128 ALM-26202 Board Overload


Description

This alarm is reported when the processor usage of the board is excessive.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Minor The user access success rate and service quality may decrease.
Long-term CPU overload may result in delayed response or timeout for maintenance
tasks of the board.
The test or tracing tasks with low priority may be automatically suspended or
terminated.

System Actions

The flow control is started. The test or tracing tasks with low priority may be automatically suspended or
terminated.

Possible Causes

Too many configuration or maintenance operations are performed on the board.

245 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Too many test, tracing, or statistical tasks are started on the board.

The board software program error occurs.

Procedure

1. Stop all the site configuration and maintenance operations on the M2000.

a. Stop all the site configuration and maintenance operations. Then, wait for 15 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Stop all the site test, tracing, and statistical tasks on the M2000.

a. Stop all the site test, tracing, and statistical tasks. Then, wait for 15 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y =>The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N =>The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.129 ALM-26203 Board Software Program Error


Description

This alarm is reported when the board software program error occurs.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The faulty board cannot work normally. The service processing capability of the
board decreases, or the ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted. The
service processing capability of the peer mode is decreased or the services of the
peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

246 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

System Actions

The board or component is automatically reset.

Possible Causes

The board software program error occurs.

The board hardware is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check the automatic clearance of the fault.

a. Check whether the alarm persists for more than five minutes.
Y => The alarm persists for more than five minutes. Go to step 2.
N => The alarm persists for less than five minutes. Go to sub-step b.

b. Wait until the system automatic actions are complete; the process lasts for about five
minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000.

a. Reset the board through power-off.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the faulty board onsite.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

1.1.130 ALM-26204 Board Not In Position


Description

This alarm is reported when the board-in-position signal is not detected.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

247 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The board cannot work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are
disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following
conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the board and isolates the board from all other boards.

Possible Causes

The board does not exist or is not securely installed.


The backplane slot is faulty.

The board hardware is faulty.


The main control board (in the subrack that houses the board) is not securely installed.

The hardware of the main control board is faulty.

Procedure

1. Reseat the board properly on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the backplane slot in the BBU on site.

a. Remove the board. Then, check whether there is any bent or broken pin in the
backplane slot that holds the board.
Y => The backplane slot that holds the board malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
N => The backplane slot that holds the board is normal. Go to step 3.

b. Check whether there is another idle backplane slot compatible with the board.
Y => There is another idle backplane slot. Go to sub-step c.
N => There is no idle backplane slot. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
c. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove the board in the faulty slot.

d. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add the board in the idle slot.

e. Remove the board from the faulty slot and install it in the idle slot. Wait until the board
startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s).
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the faulty board on site.

248 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4.

4. Reseat the main control board properly in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.

a. Note: Removing or reseating the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of
the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours.
Reseat the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.

a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base
station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software
upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version
should be ready for use in advance.
Replace the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei
Customer Service Center.

1.1.131 ALM-26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the maintenance link between the main control board and the other boards in the
subrack malfunctions.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The board may not work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are
disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following
conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.

249 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the board and isolates the board from all other boards.

Possible Causes

The board automatically resets because of memory soft failure or software program error.

The board file system is being formatted due to errors.


The board is not installed or is not securely installed.

The board hardware is faulty.


The board is powered off.

The hardware of the main control board (in the subrack that houses the board) is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check whether any of the following correlated alarms is reported on the faulty board on
the M2000:
26200 Board Hardware Fault
26201 Board Memory Soft Failure
26202 Board Overload
26203 Board Software Program Error
26204 Board Not In Position
26208 Board File System Damaged
26214 Board Powered Off
26216 Board Not Securely Installed
Y => A correlated alarm is reported. Go to sub-step b.
N => A correlated alarm is not reported. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000.

a. Reset the board through power-off.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Check the state of board file system on site.

a. Check whether the RUN indicator on the faulty board blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and
OFF for 0.125s).

250 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Y => The RUN indicator blinks quickly. The board file system is being formatted. Go to
sub-step b.
N => The RUN indicator does not blink quickly. The board file system is not being
formatted. Go to step 4.
b. Wait until the RUN indicator on the board blinks slowly (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s).
Generally, the file system formatting process lasts for about 40 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Reseat the board properly on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6.

6. Remove and then insert the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.

a. Note: Removing and inserting the main control board interrupts the main control board
disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation
in low-traffic hours.
Reseat the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.

7. Replace the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.

a. Note: Replacing the main control board interrupts all the ongoing services of the base
station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. A base station software
upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version
should be ready for use in advance.
Replace the main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei
Customer Service Center.

1.1.132 ALM-26206 Main Control Board in Wrong Slot


Description

251 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

This alarm is reported when the actual slot of the main control board is inconsistent with its configured slot.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The data configuration of the main control board cannot take effect.

System Actions

The system automatically sets the configuration and running status of the active main control board to be
configured.

Possible Causes

The actual slot of the main control board is inconsistent with its configured slot.

The main control board is not configured.

Procedure

1. Check the actual cause of the alarm on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether the main control board is
configured.
Y => The main control board is configured. Go to sub-step b.
N => The main control board is not configured. Go to step 2.

b. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether the slot configured for the main
control board is consistent with the configuration plan.
Y => The slot configured for the main control board is consistent with the configuration
plan. It indicates that the fault is located at the actual installation of the main control
board. Go to step 4.
N => The slot configured for the main control board is inconsistent with the configuration
plan. Go to step 3.

2. Add a main control board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add a main control board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

3. Modify the data configuration on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add a main control board. Then, run the MML
command RMV BRD to remove the wrong data configuration on the M2000.

252 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

4. Remove the main control board and install it in the configured slot.

a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to query the configured slot of the main control
board on the M2000.

b. Remove the main control board, and then install it in the configured slot on site.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.133 ALM-26208 Board File System Damaged


Description

This alarm is reported when the board file system is damaged.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major During the process of file system formatting, the board cannot be started, the
maintenance link is broken, and the ongoing services carried on the board are
disrupted.
The active workspace may be unusable when the file system of the main control
board is damaged.
The logs are lost when the file system of a board is damaged.

System Actions

The file system of the faulty board is automatically formatted by the system. Generally, the formatting process
lasts for about 40 minutes. During this process, the RUN LED on the faulty board blinks (ON for 0.125s and OFF
for 0.125s).

Possible Causes

The board flash is faulty.

Power failure occurs while the board data reading or writing is in progress. In this case, the file
system is damaged.

Procedure

253 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1. Check the state of board file system on site.

a. Check whether the RUN LED on the faulty board blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF
for 0.125s).
Y => The RUN LED blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). The board file
system is being formatted. Go to sub-step b.
N => The RUN LED does not blink quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). The
board file system is not being formatted. Go to step 2.

b. Wait until the RUN LED on the board blinks slowly (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s).
Generally, the file system formatting process lasts for about 40 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

1.1.134 ALM-26210 Board Blocked


Description

This alarm is reported when a board is blocked by the user.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The user runs a command to block the board.

Procedure

254 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1. Unblock the board on the M2000.

a. The purpose of blocking a board is for service test or fault isolation. After the test is
complete or the fault is rectified, you are required to run the MML command UBL BRD
to unblock the board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.135 ALM-26214 Board Powered Off


Description

This alarm is reported when a board is powered off or cannot be powered on.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Power off Power-off cause (Temperature Too High, Power Saving, User Command, BBU Power Not
Cause Enough, Fault, Other Cause)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The ongoing services carried on the board are interrupted. The services of the peer
mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the board and isolates the board from all other boards.

Possible Causes

The board is automatically powered off to prevent burnout in the case of a too high board
temperature.

The inter-board CANBUS communication is abnormal.

The BBU DC output is abnormal.


If the user enables the energy conserving strategy, the board is automatically powered off when the
energy conserving condition is met.
The board is powered off because of a user command.

The power supply capability of the BBU power module is insufficient.

255 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000:
26104 Board Temperature Unacceptable
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26112 BBU DC Output Out of Range
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the energy conserving strategy of the board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST LOWPOWERPARA to check whether the energy
conserving strategy of the board is consistent with the site plan.
Y => The energy conserving strategy of the board is consistent with the site plan. No
further action is required.
N => The energy conserving strategy of the board is inconsistent with the site plan. Go
to sub-step b.

b. Run the MML command MOD LOWPOWERPARA to change the energy conserving
strategy according to the site plan. Then, go to step 3.

3. Power on the board on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command OPR BRDPWR to power on the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Check the configuration of power modules.

a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether only one UPEU is configured.
Y => Only one UPEU is configured. Go to sub-step b.
N => Two UPEUs are configured. Go to step 5.

b. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add a UPEU.

c. Install a UPEUc in the BBU on site.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.

5. Replace the power module.

a. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the installed two UPEU
boards are both UPEUc boards.
Y => The installed two UPEU boards are both UPEUc boards. Contact Huawei

256 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Customer Service Center.


N => One of the installed two UPEU boards is not the UPEUc board. Go to sub-step b.

b. Replace the UPEU with a UPEUc on site. Ensure that the two UPEU boards in the BBU
are both the UPEUc boards.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.136 ALM-26215 Inter-Board Service Link Failure


Description

This alarm is reported when the inter-board communication fails on control plane or user plane in the BBU.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

TX Board Slot No. Slot number of the TX(peer) board

RX Board Slot No. Slot number of the RX(local) board

RX Board Type Type of the RX(local) board

TX Board Type Type of the TX(peer)board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The boards involved in the communication may not work normally. The ongoing
services carried on the boards are disrupted.

System Actions

The system automatically disables the board and isolates the board from all other boards.

Possible Causes

The transmit board automatically resets because of memory soft failure or software program error.

The file system in the transmit board is being formatted due to errors.
The transmit board is powered off.

The transmit board or receive board does not exist or is not securely installed.
The hardware of the transmit board or receive board is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm of the transmit board and receive board on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the transmit board and receive board on the M2000:
26200 Board Hardware Fault
26201 Board Memory Soft Failure

257 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

26203 Board Software Program Error


26204 Board Not In Position
26208 Board File System Damaged
26214 Board Powered Off
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the state of file system of the transmit board and receive board on site.

a. Check whether the RUN LED on the faulty board blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF
for 0.125s).
Y => The RUN LED blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). The board file
system is being formatted. Go to sub-step b.
N => The RUN LED does not blink quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). The
board file system is not being formatted. Go to step 3.
b. Wait until the RUN LED on the board blinks slowly (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s).
Generally, the file system formatting process lasts for about 40 minutes.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Reseat the transmit board properly on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the transmit board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 5.

5. Reseat the receive board properly on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.

6. Replace the receive board on site.

a. Replace the board.

258 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Check whether the alarm is cleared.


Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

1.1.137 ALM-26216 Board Not Securely Installed


Description

This alarm is reported when the board is not securely installed.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty board

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The board may not work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are
disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following
conditions are met:
The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology.
The local mode provides the aggregation function.
The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.

System Actions

None

Possible Causes

The board does not exist or is not securely installed.


The backplane slot is faulty.

The board hardware is faulty.

Procedure

1. Reseat the board properly on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Check the backplane slot in the BBU on site.

a. Remove the board. Then, check whether there is any bent or broken pin in the

259 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

backplane slot that holds the board.


Y => The backplane slot that holds the board malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
N => The backplane slot that holds the board is normal. Go to step 3.
b. Check whether there is another idle backplane slot compatible with the board.
Y => There is another idle backplane slot. Go to sub-step c.
N => There is no idle backplane slot. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

c. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove the board in the faulty slot.

d. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add the board in the idle slot.

e. Remove the board from the faulty slot and install it in the idle slot. Wait until the board
startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s).
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the faulty board on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

1.1.138 ALM-26220 Transmission Optical Module Fault


Description

This alarm is reported when the optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty port

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty port

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty port

Port No. Faulty port number

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Warning The transmission link on the faulty port is broken. If a backup transmission port or
backup route exists, a failover occurs and the ongoing services are not affected. If
transmission load sharing is configured on the faulty port, the available transmission
bandwidth decreases and data throughput is reduced.

System Actions

The system automatically isolates the faulty transmission port. If a backup transmission port or backup route

260 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

exists, a failover occurs.

Possible Causes

The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.

a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000:
26200 Board Hardware Fault
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.

b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.

2. Reseat the optical module on site.

a. Reseat the faulty optical module on site.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Replace the optical module on site.

a. On the BBU side, replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

1.1.139 ALM-26221 Transmission Optical Module Not In Position


Description

This alarm is reported when the optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is not in position.

Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty port

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty port

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty port

Port No. Faulty port number

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Impact on the System

261 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The transmission link on the faulty port is broken. If a backup transmission port or
backup route exists, a failover occurs and the ongoing services are not affected. If
transmission load sharing is configured on the faulty port, the available transmission
bandwidth decreases and data throughput is reduced.

System Actions

The system automatically isolates the faulty transmission port. If a backup transmission port or backup route
exists, a failover occurs.

Possible Causes

Redundant transmission links are configured on the BBU.


The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is not installed or securely inserted.

The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty.


The connecting piece on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty.

Procedure

1. Check for the redundant transmission links on the M2000.

a. Run the MML command LST OMCH/LST AAL2PATH/LST TREELNKPVC/LST


SAALLNK/LST DEVIP/LST SYNCETH to check whether the redundant transmission
links are configured on the faulty port according to the site plan.
Y => The redundant transmission links are configured on the faulty port. Go to sub-step
b.
N => There is no redundant transmission link on the faulty port. Go to step 2.
b. Run the MML command RMV OMCH/RMV AAL2PATH/RMV TREELNKPVC/RMV
SAALLNK/RMV DEVIP/RMV SYNCETH to remove the redundant transmission links on
the faulty port according to the site plan.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.

2. Check the installed optical module on site.

a. On the BBU side, check whether the optical module is installed.


Y => The optical module is installed. Go to sub-step c.
N => The optical module is not installed. Go to sub-step b.
b. Install the optical module and optical fiber.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

c. Reseat the optical module. Ensure that it is securely installed.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d.

262 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15


Fault Management http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

d. Replace the optical module.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.

3. Reseat the board where the faulty port is located on site.

a. Reseat the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.

4. Replace the board where the faulty port is located on site.

a. Replace the board.


Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer
Service Center.

1.1.140 ALM-26222 Transmission Optical Interface Error


Description

This alarm is reported when the optical transmission malfunctions on the transmission port of the BBU.

Parameters

Parameter
Name Parameter Description

Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the faulty port

Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty port

Slot No. Slot number of the faulty port

Port No. Faulty port number

Board Type Type of the faulty board

Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Receive No Signal, Receive Power Too High, Receive Power
Too Low)

Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact

Major The transmission link on the faulty port is broken. If a backup transmission port or
backup route exists, a failover occurs and the ongoing services are not affected. If
transmission load sharing is configured on the faulty port, the available transmission
bandwidth decreases and data throughput is reduced.

Minor The quality of the transmission link on the faulty port decreases. If a backup
transmission port or backup route exists, a failover occurs and the ongoing services
are not affected. If transmission load sharing is configured on the faulty port, the
available transmission bandwidth decreases and data throughput is reduced.

263 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15

You might also like